WO2016129381A1 - Light-shielding film, light-shielding film-equipped infrared cut-off filter, and solid-state imaging device - Google Patents

Light-shielding film, light-shielding film-equipped infrared cut-off filter, and solid-state imaging device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016129381A1
WO2016129381A1 PCT/JP2016/052087 JP2016052087W WO2016129381A1 WO 2016129381 A1 WO2016129381 A1 WO 2016129381A1 JP 2016052087 W JP2016052087 W JP 2016052087W WO 2016129381 A1 WO2016129381 A1 WO 2016129381A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
light
mass
shielding film
black
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/052087
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
啓之 山本
薫 青柳
嶋田 和人
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2016574712A priority Critical patent/JP6476211B2/en
Priority to KR1020177013300A priority patent/KR101971891B1/en
Publication of WO2016129381A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016129381A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/26Reflecting filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/0018Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00 with means for preventing ghost images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B7/00Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements
    • G02B7/02Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements for lenses
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a light shielding film, an infrared light cut filter with a light shielding film, and a solid-state imaging device.
  • a solid-state imaging device includes a photographing lens, a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD (charge coupled device) and a CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) disposed behind the photographing lens, and a circuit on which the solid-state imaging device is mounted.
  • This solid-state imaging device is mounted on a digital camera, a camera-equipped mobile phone, a smartphone, and the like.
  • a phenomenon called flare is induced by incident light from an oblique direction and / or incident light that has been irregularly reflected. Therefore, in Patent Document 1, flare generation is suppressed by providing a light shielding film in the solid-state imaging device.
  • the light shielding film used is formed from the black coloring photosensitive composition containing carbon black.
  • an object of the present invention to provide a light-shielding film that has excellent light-shielding properties for visible light and that can further suppress the occurrence of flare when placed in a solid-state imaging device.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an infrared light cut filter with a light-shielding film and a solid-state imaging device having the light-shielding film.
  • the present inventor has found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by using a light-shielding film exhibiting predetermined optical characteristics, and has completed the present invention. That is, the present inventors have found that the above problem can be solved by the following configuration.
  • the content of the black pigment contained in the black layer is 20 to 60% by mass with respect to the total mass of the black layer,
  • the reflectance in light of at least one wavelength selected in the wavelength range of 800 to 1000 nm is 3.0% or less
  • the light shielding film according to (1) further including a low refractive index layer having a refractive index of 1.50 or less, which is disposed on the black layer.
  • a red with a light-shielding film comprising: an infrared light cut filter; and the light-shielding film according to any one of (1) to (5) disposed on at least a part of the surface of the infrared light cut filter Outside light cut filter.
  • a solid-state imaging device comprising the light shielding film according to any one of (1) to (5).
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a light-shielding film that has excellent light-shielding properties for visible light and that can further suppress the occurrence of flare when placed in a solid-state imaging device. Moreover, according to this invention, the infrared-light cut filter with a light shielding film and solid-state imaging device which have the said light shielding film can be provided.
  • 1 is a cross-sectional view of a preferred embodiment of a light-shielding film of the present invention. It is a perspective view which shows the solid-state imaging device of 1st Embodiment. It is a disassembled perspective view of the solid-state imaging device of 1st Embodiment. It is sectional drawing which shows the solid-state imaging device of 1st Embodiment. It is sectional drawing which shows the solid-state imaging device of 2nd Embodiment. It is sectional drawing which shows the solid-state imaging device of 3rd Embodiment. It is sectional drawing which shows the solid-state imaging device of 4th Embodiment.
  • the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • “radiation” in the present specification means visible light, ultraviolet rays, far ultraviolet rays, electron beams, X-rays and the like.
  • a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • (meth) acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth) acryl represents acryl and methacryl
  • (meth) acryloyl” represents acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • “monomer” and “monomer” are synonymous.
  • the monomer in the present invention is distinguished from oligomers and polymers, and refers to a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less.
  • the polymerizable compound refers to a compound having a polymerizable group, and may be a monomer or a polymer.
  • the polymerizable group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.
  • the light-shielding film of the present invention includes at least a black layer, and the content of the black pigment contained in the black layer is 20 to 60% by mass with respect to the total mass of the black layer, and is selected in the wavelength range of 800 to 1000 nm.
  • the reflectance of the light having at least one wavelength is 3.0% or less, and the transmittance at a wavelength of 400 to 750 nm is 50% or less.
  • the light shielding film may include at least a black layer containing a predetermined amount of a black pigment, and may include other layers as long as the entire light shielding film exhibits a predetermined reflectance and transmittance.
  • the reason why a desired effect can be obtained by the light-shielding film of the present invention is that, since the black layer contains a large amount of black pigment and exhibits a predetermined transmittance, the light-shielding property for visible light is excellent. Further, the present inventors have found that the flare generated in the prior art is derived from infrared light, and in the light of at least one wavelength selected in the wavelength range of 800 to 1000 nm. It has been found that the occurrence of flare is further suppressed by setting the reflectance to a predetermined value or less.
  • the content of the black pigment contained in the black layer is 20 to 60% by mass with respect to the total mass of the black layer, and the light shielding property of the light shielding film is more excellent, and the occurrence of flare is further suppressed. 22.5 to 57.5% by mass is preferable and 27.5 to 52.5% by mass is more preferable in that at least one of them is satisfied (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “the point where the effect of the present invention is more excellent”).
  • the average thickness of the black layer is not particularly limited, and it is sufficient that the entire light shielding film exhibits a predetermined reflectance and transmittance. Among these, 0.5 to 8.0 ⁇ m is preferable and 1.0 to 4.0 ⁇ m is more preferable in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the average thickness is obtained by measuring the thickness of any 10 or more points of the black layer and arithmetically averaging them. Various components contained in the black layer will be described in detail later.
  • the reflectance of light of at least one wavelength selected in the wavelength range of 800 to 1000 nm of the light-shielding film is 3.0% or less, and 2.0% or less is preferable in terms of further suppressing the occurrence of flare. 1.0% or less is more preferable. Although a minimum in particular is not restrict
  • a method for measuring the reflectance light of at least one wavelength selected in a wavelength range of 800 to 1000 nm is incident on a light shielding film as an object to be measured at an incident angle of 5 °, and the reflectance is measured by Hitachi High. Measured with a spectroscope UV4100 (trade name) manufactured by Technologies.
  • the wavelength used for the measurement is preferably measured using at least one light of 850 nm and 940 nm, and the measurement is performed using both light of 850 nm and 940 nm, and the respective reflectances are in the above range. It is more preferable that
  • the transmittance of the light-shielding film at a wavelength of 400 to 750 nm is 50% or less, and 10.0% or less is preferable and 2.0% or less is more preferable in that the light-shielding property of the light-shielding film is more excellent. Although a minimum in particular is not restrict
  • a method for measuring the transmittance a light-shielding film is formed on a glass substrate, and transmittance at a wavelength of 400 to 750 nm is measured at an incident angle of 0 ° using a spectroscope UV4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies.
  • the light shielding film has the black layer and the structure thereof is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits predetermined optical characteristics. And a low refractive index layer having a refractive index of 1.50 or less.
  • a light shielding film 50 having a black layer 52 and a low refractive index layer 54 is exemplified.
  • a low refractive index layer is a layer arrange
  • the low refractive index layer is a layer having a refractive index of 1.50 or less, and the refractive index is preferably 1.45 or less, more preferably 1.4 or less, and 1.3 or less in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. Further preferred.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is usually 1.1 or more in many cases.
  • the refractive index is measured by placing a low refractive index layer having an average thickness of about 0.1 ⁇ m on a silicon substrate (silicon wafer) and using an ellipsometer (VASE) manufactured by JA Woollam Japan Co., Ltd., with a wavelength of 800 Measure the refractive index for light of at least one wavelength selected in the range of ⁇ 1000 nm.
  • the wavelength used for the measurement is preferably measured using at least one light of 850 nm and 940 nm, and the refractive index is measured using both light of 850 nm and 940 nm. It is more preferable that
  • the average thickness (average physical film thickness) of the low refractive index layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 50 to 300 nm, more preferably from 100 to 250 nm, and even more preferably from 150 to 200 nm from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the average thickness is obtained by measuring the thickness of any 10 or more points of the low refractive index layer and arithmetically averaging them.
  • the material constituting the low refractive index layer will be described in detail later.
  • the optical film thickness of the low refractive index layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 50 to 540 nm, more preferably from 100 to 450 nm, and even more preferably from 150 to 360 nm from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the optical film thickness is a value represented by the product of the average thickness (average physical film thickness) of the low refractive index layer and the refractive index.
  • a black layer is a layer containing a black pigment, and as described above, the content of the black pigment is not particularly limited as long as the content of the black pigment is within the above range.
  • a black layer-forming composition containing a black pigment, a dispersant, and a solvent (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “composition” or “composition of the present invention”) from the viewpoint of easy production of a black layer. It is preferable that it is a black layer formed using.
  • the other component (For example, a polymeric compound, a binder polymer, or a polymerization initiator) may be contained in the composition.
  • a polymeric compound, a binder polymer, or a polymerization initiator may be contained in the composition.
  • Black pigment Various known black pigments can be used as the black pigment.
  • carbon black, titanium black, titanium oxide, iron oxide, manganese oxide, graphite and the like are preferable, and among them, at least one of carbon black and titanium black is preferable. It is preferable to include seeds, and titanium black is particularly preferable. More specifically, C.I. I.
  • Organic pigments such as Pigment Black 1 and inorganic pigments such as Pigment Black 7 can also be used.
  • the black pigment preferably contains titanium black.
  • Titanium black is black particles containing titanium atoms. Preferred are low-order titanium oxide and titanium oxynitride.
  • the surface of titanium black particles can be modified as necessary for the purpose of improving dispersibility and suppressing aggregation. For example, it is possible to coat titanium black particles with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide, and repellent properties as disclosed in JP-A-2007-302836. Treatment with an aqueous material is also possible.
  • the titanium black is typically titanium black particles, and it is preferable that both the primary particle size and the average primary particle size of each particle are small. Specifically, the average primary particle size is preferably in the range of 10 nm to 45 nm.
  • the particle diameter that is, the particle diameter is a diameter of a circle having an area equal to the projected area of the outer surface of the particle.
  • the projected area of the particles can be obtained by measuring the area obtained by photographing with an electron micrograph and correcting the photographing magnification.
  • the specific surface area of the titanium black is not particularly limited, but the water repellency after the surface treatment of the titanium black with a water repellent agent has a predetermined performance. Therefore, the value measured by the BET method is usually 5 m 2 / g or more. It is about 150 m 2 / g or less, preferably 20 m 2 / g or more and 100 m 2 / g or less.
  • Examples of commercially available titanium black products include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R, 13R-N, 13M-T (trade names: above, manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilac ( Tilac) D (trade name: manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.).
  • titanium black is contained as a dispersion in the composition, and the content ratio (Si / Ti) of Si atoms and Ti (titanium) atoms in the dispersion is 0 in terms of mass. .05 or more is preferable.
  • the to-be-dispersed bodies include both those in which titanium black is in the state of primary particles and those in the state of aggregates (secondary particles).
  • the content ratio (Si / Ti) of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion in the present invention is 0.5 or less, it tends to be easy to produce a pigment dispersion using the dispersion.
  • the upper limit is preferably 0.5.
  • Si / Ti of the object to be dispersed is 0.05 or more and 0.0. It is more preferably 5 or less, and further preferably 0.07 or more and 0.4 or less.
  • the following means can be used.
  • a mixture is obtained by dispersing titanium oxide and silica particles using a disperser, and the mixture is subjected to reduction treatment at a high temperature (for example, 850 to 1000 ° C.) to thereby mainly contain titanium black particles.
  • a high temperature for example, 850 to 1000 ° C.
  • a dispersion containing Si and Ti can be obtained.
  • Titanium black whose Si / Ti is adjusted to 0.05 or more, for example, is prepared by the method described in paragraphs [0005] and [0016] to [0021] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-266045, for example. Can do.
  • the present invention by adjusting the content ratio (Si / Ti) of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms to a suitable range (for example, 0.05 or more), this coverage is achieved.
  • a black layer is formed using a composition containing a dispersion, a residue derived from the composition outside the black layer formation region is reduced.
  • a residue contains the component derived from compositions, such as a titanium black particle and / or a resin component. The reason why the residue is reduced is not yet clear, but the above-mentioned dispersed material tends to have a small particle size (for example, the particle size is 30 nm or less).
  • the adsorptivity of the entire film with the underlying layer is reduced, and this is presumed to contribute to the improvement of development removal of uncured compositions (particularly titanium black) in the formation of black layers.
  • titanium black is excellent in light-shielding property for light in a wide wavelength range from ultraviolet light to infrared light. Therefore, the above-described dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms (preferably Si / Ti is in terms of mass) And a black layer formed using a material having a thickness of 0.05 or more exhibits excellent light shielding properties.
  • the content ratio (Si / Ti) of Si atoms to Ti atoms in the dispersion is, for example, the method (1-1) or the method (1-2) described in paragraph 0033 of JP2013-249417A ). Whether or not the content ratio (Si / Ti) of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion is 0.05 or more with respect to the dispersion to be contained in the black layer obtained by curing the composition Is determined by using the method (2) described in paragraph 0035 of JP2013-249417A.
  • the above-described titanium black can be used.
  • complex oxides such as Cu, Fe, Mn, V and Ni, cobalt oxide, iron oxide, carbon black
  • a black pigment composed of aniline black or the like may be used in combination as a dispersion to be used alone or in combination of two or more. In this case, it is preferable that 50% by mass or more of the total dispersion is occupied by the dispersion made of titanium black.
  • a Si-containing material such as silica
  • examples of silica that can be used include precipitated silica, fumed silica, colloidal silica, and synthetic silica. These may be appropriately selected and used.
  • the particle size of the silica particles is smaller than the film thickness when the black layer is formed, the light shielding property is more excellent.
  • fine particle type silica as the silica particles.
  • the fine particle type silica include silica described in paragraph 0039 of JP2013-249417A, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain only one type of titanium black, or may contain two or more types.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain extender pigments as necessary in addition to black pigments.
  • extender pigments include barium sulfate, barium carbonate, calcium carbonate, silica, basic magnesium carbonate, alumina white, gloss white, titanium white, and hydrotalcite. These extender pigments can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • the amount of extender used is usually 0 to 100 parts by weight, preferably 5 to 50 parts by weight, and more preferably 10 to 40 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the black pigment.
  • the black pigment and extender pigment can be used after the surface thereof is modified with a polymer in some cases.
  • colored organic pigments such as red, blue, yellow, green, and purple
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a dispersant.
  • the dispersant contributes to the improvement of the dispersibility of the black pigment such as titanium black described above.
  • a known pigment dispersant or surfactant can be appropriately selected and used. Of these, polymer compounds are preferable.
  • dispersant examples include polymer dispersants [for example, polyamidoamine and its salt, polycarboxylic acid and its salt, high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, modified polyurethane, modified polyester, modified poly (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic type Copolymer, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate], surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate esters, polyoxyethylene alkyl amines, alkanol amines, and pigment derivatives.
  • the polymer compounds can be further classified into linear polymers, terminal-modified polymers, graft polymers, and block polymers based on their structures.
  • the polymer compound is adsorbed on the surface of a dispersion such as a black pigment and a pigment to be used together if desired, and acts to prevent re-aggregation thereof. Therefore, a terminal-modified polymer, a graft polymer, and a block polymer having an anchor site to the pigment surface can be cited as preferred structures.
  • adsorbing the surface of titanium black or the above-described dispersion to be dispersed containing titanium black and Si atoms it is possible to promote the adsorptivity of the polymer compound to these.
  • the polymer compound preferably has a structural unit having a graft chain.
  • structural unit is synonymous with “repeating unit”.
  • Such a polymer compound having a structural unit having a graft chain is excellent in dispersibility of the black pigment and dispersion stability after aging because it has an affinity for a solvent by the graft chain.
  • the composition has an affinity with a polymerizable compound or other resin that can be used in combination due to the presence of the graft chain, a residue is hardly generated by alkali development. When the graft chain becomes longer, the steric repulsion effect becomes higher and the dispersibility is improved.
  • the graft chain preferably has a number of atoms excluding hydrogen atoms in the range of 40 to 10,000, more preferably a number of atoms excluding hydrogen atoms of 50 to 2000, and atoms excluding hydrogen atoms. More preferably, the number is from 60 to 500.
  • the graft chain means from the base of the main chain of the copolymer (the atom bonded to the main chain in a group branched from the main chain) to the end of the group branched from the main chain.
  • the graft chain preferably has a polymer structure.
  • a polymer structure include a poly (meth) acrylate structure (for example, a poly (meth) acrylic structure), a polyester structure, a polyurethane structure, a polyurea structure, and a polyamide structure. And a polyether structure.
  • the graft chain is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyester structure, a polyether structure and a poly (meth) acrylate structure.
  • the graft chain is preferably a graft chain having at least one of a polyester structure and a polyether structure.
  • the structure of the macromonomer having such a polymer structure as a graft chain is not particularly limited, but a macromonomer having a reactive double bond group can be preferably used.
  • AA-6 trade name, Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.
  • AA-10 Product name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.
  • AB-6 trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.
  • AS-6 trade name, produced by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.
  • AN-6 trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.
  • Co., Ltd. AW-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AA-714 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AY-707 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AY-714 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AK-5 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.
  • AA-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AA-10 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AB-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.) AS-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AN-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PME-4000 (trade name, manufactured by NOF Corporation), etc. It is done.
  • the polymer compound preferably includes a structural unit represented by any one of the following formulas (1) to (4) as a structural unit having a graft chain, and includes the following formula (1A), the following formula (2A), More preferably, it contains a structural unit represented by any one of the following formula (3A), the following formula (3B), and the following (4).
  • W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH.
  • W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 are preferably oxygen atoms.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (the number of carbon atoms) from the viewpoint of synthesis constraints.
  • Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group, and the linking group is not particularly limited in structure.
  • Specific examples of the divalent linking group represented by Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 include the following (Y-1) to (Y-21) linking groups.
  • a and B represent binding sites with the left end group and the right end group in Formulas (1) to (4), respectively.
  • (Y-2) or (Y-13) is more preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group.
  • the structure of the organic group is not particularly limited, and specific examples include an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkylthioether group, an arylthioether group, a heteroarylthioether group, and an amino group. Is mentioned.
  • the organic group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 those having a steric repulsion effect are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility, and each independently has 5 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • a branched alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • n, m, p, and q are each independently an integer of 1 to 500.
  • j and k each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8.
  • J and k in formula (1) and formula (2) are preferably integers of 4 to 6, and most preferably 5, from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability.
  • R 3 represents a branched or straight chain alkylene group, preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms. When p is 2 to 500, a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different from each other.
  • R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and the monovalent organic group is not particularly limited in terms of structure.
  • R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, A linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • a plurality of X 5 and R 4 present in the graft copolymer may be the same or different from each other.
  • the polymer compound may have a structural unit having a graft chain, which has two or more different structures. That is, the polymer compound molecule may contain structural units represented by formulas (1) to (4) having different structures, and n, m in formulas (1) to (4). , P, and q each represent an integer of 2 or more, in formula (1) and formula (2), j and k may contain structures different from each other in the side chain. In the formula (4), a plurality of R 3 , R 4 and X 5 present in the molecule may be the same or different from each other.
  • the structural unit represented by the formula (1) is more preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (1A) from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability.
  • the structural unit represented by the formula (2) is more preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (2A) from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability.
  • X 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n are as defined X 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n in Formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • X 2, Y 2, Z 2 and m are as defined X 2, Y 2, Z 2 and m in the formula (2), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • the structural unit represented by the formula (3) is more preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (3A) or formula (3B) from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability.
  • X 3, Y 3, Z 3 and p are as defined X 3, Y 3, Z 3 and p in formula (3), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • the polymer compound has a structural unit represented by the formula (1A) as a structural unit having a graft chain.
  • the structural unit having a graft chain (for example, the structural unit represented by the above formulas (1) to (4)) is 5 to 90% in terms of mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound. It is preferably included in a range, and more preferably in a range of 5 to 30%. When the structural unit having a graft chain is contained within this range, the dispersibility of the black pigment (particularly titanium black particles) is high and the developability when forming the black layer is good.
  • the polymer compound preferably has a hydrophobic structural unit different from the structural unit having a graft chain (that is, not corresponding to the structural unit having a graft chain).
  • the hydrophobic structural unit is a structural unit that does not have an acid group (for example, a carboxylic acid group (carboxyl group), a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group).
  • the hydrophobic structural unit is preferably a structural unit derived from (corresponding to) a compound (monomer) having a ClogP value of 1.2 or more, more preferably derived from a compound having a ClogP value of 1.2 to 8. A structural unit. Thereby, the effect of this invention can be expressed more reliably.
  • ClogP values can be obtained from Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc. It is a value calculated by the program “CLOGP” available from This program provides the value of “computation logP” calculated by Hansch, Leo's fragment approach (see below). The fragment approach is based on the chemical structure of a compound, which divides the chemical structure into substructures (fragments) and estimates the logP value of the compound by summing the logP contributions assigned to that fragment. Details thereof are described in the following documents. In the present invention, the ClogP value calculated by the program CLOGP v4.82 is used. A. J. et al. Leo, Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 4, C.I. Hansch, P.A. G. Sammunens, J. et al. B.
  • log P means the common logarithm of the partition coefficient P (Partition Coefficient), and quantitatively determines how an organic compound is distributed in the equilibrium of a two-phase system of oil (generally 1-octanol) and water. It is a physical property value expressed as a numerical value, and is represented by the following formula.
  • logP log (Coil / Cwater)
  • Coil represents the molar concentration of the compound in the oil phase
  • Cwater represents the molar concentration of the compound in the aqueous phase.
  • the polymer compound preferably has one or more structural units selected from structural units derived from monomers represented by the following general formulas (i) to (iii) as hydrophobic structural units.
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (eg, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), or a carbon number of 1 to 6
  • An alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, etc.) is represented.
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 are more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • X represents an oxygen atom (—O—) or an imino group (—NH—), and is preferably an oxygen atom.
  • L is a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a divalent aliphatic group for example, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkenylene group, a substituted alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, a substituted alkynylene group
  • a divalent aromatic group for example, an arylene group
  • Substituted arylene group divalent heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (—O—), sulfur atom (—S—), imino group (—NH—), substituted imino group (—NR 31 —, where R 31 Are aliphatic groups, aromatic groups or heterocyclic groups), carbonyl groups (—CO—), or combinations thereof.
  • the divalent aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure.
  • the aliphatic group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aliphatic group may be an unsaturated aliphatic group or a saturated aliphatic group, but is preferably a saturated aliphatic group.
  • the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.
  • the carbon number of the divalent aromatic group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and still more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the divalent heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as the heterocycle.
  • Another heterocyclic ring, an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring may be condensed with the heterocyclic ring.
  • the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups ( ⁇ O), thioxo groups ( ⁇ S), imino groups ( ⁇ NH), substituted imino groups ( ⁇ N—R 32 , where R 32 is aliphatic. Group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), aliphatic group, aromatic group, and heterocyclic group.
  • L is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure.
  • the oxyalkylene structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure.
  • L may contain a polyoxyalkylene structure containing two or more oxyalkylene structures.
  • the polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure.
  • the polyoxyethylene structure is represented by — (OCH 2 CH 2 ) n—, where n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 2 to 10.
  • Z is an aliphatic group (eg, alkyl group, substituted alkyl group, unsaturated alkyl group, substituted unsaturated alkyl group), aromatic group (eg, arylene group, substituted arylene group), heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (—O—), sulfur atom (—S—), imino group (—NH—), substituted imino group (—NR 31 —, wherein R 31 is an aliphatic group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), carbonyl And a group (—CO—) and combinations thereof.
  • the aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure.
  • the aliphatic group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aliphatic group further includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include a bicyclohexyl group, a perhydronaphthalenyl group, a biphenyl group, and , 4-cyclohexylphenyl group and the like.
  • bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring examples include 2 such as pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, and bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.).
  • Tricyclic hydrocarbon rings such as cyclic hydrocarbon rings, homobredan, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, and tricyclo [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] undecane rings , And tetracyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 .
  • the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring, such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, and Also included are condensed rings in which a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings are condensed, such as a perhydrophenalene ring.
  • the aliphatic group is preferably a saturated aliphatic group rather than an unsaturated aliphatic group. Further, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group. However, the aliphatic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.
  • the carbon number of the aromatic group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and further preferably 6 to 10.
  • the aromatic group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the aromatic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.
  • the heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as the heterocycle. Another heterocyclic ring, an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring may be condensed with the heterocyclic ring. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups ( ⁇ O), thioxo groups ( ⁇ S), imino groups ( ⁇ NH), substituted imino groups ( ⁇ N—R 32 , where R 32 is aliphatic. Group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), aliphatic group, aromatic group and heterocyclic group. However, the heterocyclic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (eg, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (eg, , Methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, etc.), Z, or -LZ.
  • L and Z are as defined above.
  • R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L is a single bond, an alkylene group, or an oxyalkylene structure.
  • a compound in which X is an oxygen atom or an imino group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group or an aromatic group is preferable.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • L is an alkylene group
  • Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group or an aromatic group. Is preferred.
  • R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group, or an aromatic group. Certain compounds are preferred.
  • Examples of typical compounds represented by the formulas (i) to (iii) include radically polymerizable compounds selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, styrenes, and the like.
  • Examples of typical compounds represented by formulas (i) to (iii) the compounds described in paragraphs 0089 to 0093 of JP2013-249417A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are described in the present specification. Incorporated into.
  • the hydrophobic structural unit is preferably contained in a range of 10 to 90%, more preferably in a range of 20 to 80% with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound in terms of mass. When the content is in the above range, sufficient pattern formation can be obtained.
  • a functional group capable of forming an interaction with a black pigment can be introduced into the polymer compound.
  • the polymer compound preferably further has a structural unit having a functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment.
  • the functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment include an acid group, a basic group, a coordination group, and a reactive functional group.
  • the polymer compound has an acid group, a basic group, a coordinating group, or a reactive functional group
  • the structural unit having an acid group, the structural unit having a basic group, or a coordinating group respectively. It is preferable to have a structural unit having or a structural unit having reactivity.
  • the polymer compound since the polymer compound further has an alkali-soluble group such as a carboxylic acid group as the acid group, the polymer compound can be provided with developability for pattern formation by alkali development. That is, by introducing an alkali-soluble group into the polymer compound, the polymer compound as a dispersant that contributes to the dispersion of the black pigment has alkali solubility in the composition of the present invention.
  • a composition containing such a polymer compound has excellent light-shielding properties in the exposed area, and the alkali developability in the unexposed area is improved.
  • a high molecular compound has a structural unit which has an acid group
  • the acid group in the structural unit having an acid group is likely to interact with the black pigment, the polymer compound stably disperses the black pigment, and the viscosity of the polymer compound that disperses the black pigment is low. This is presumably because the polymer compound itself is easily dispersed stably.
  • the structural unit having an alkali-soluble group as an acid group may be the same structural unit as the above-described structural unit having a graft chain or a different structural unit. Is a structural unit different from the hydrophobic structural unit described above (that is, does not correspond to the hydrophobic structural unit described above).
  • the acid group that is a functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment examples include a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and preferably a carboxylic acid group or a sulfonic acid group. At least one of the group and the phosphate group is more preferable, and a carboxylic acid group is more preferable because the adsorbing power to the black pigment is good and the dispersibility of the black pigment is high. That is, the polymer compound preferably further has a structural unit having at least one of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group.
  • the polymer compound may have one or more structural units having an acid group.
  • the polymer compound may or may not contain a structural unit having an acid group, but when it is contained, the content of the structural unit having an acid group is calculated in terms of mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound.
  • the content is preferably 5 to 95%, and more preferably 10 to 90% from the viewpoint of suppressing damage to the image strength due to alkali development.
  • Examples of the basic group that is a functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment include a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a heterocyclic ring containing an N atom, and an amide group.
  • a particularly preferred one is a tertiary amino group in that the adsorbing power to the black pigment is good and the dispersibility of the black pigment is high.
  • the polymer compound can have one or more of these basic groups.
  • the polymer compound may or may not contain a structural unit having a basic group, but when it is contained, the content of the structural unit having a basic group is calculated by mass conversion to the total mass of the polymer compound. On the other hand, it is preferably 0.01% or more and 50% or less, and more preferably 0.01% or more and 30% or less from the viewpoint of suppressing developability inhibition.
  • Examples of the coordinating group that is a functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment and the reactive functional group include an acetylacetoxy group, a trialkoxysilyl group, an isocyanate group, an acid anhydride, and an acid chloride. Such as things.
  • a preferable one is an acetylacetoxy group in that the adsorbing power to the black pigment is good and the dispersibility of the black pigment is high.
  • the polymer compound may have one or more of these groups.
  • the polymer compound may or may not contain a structural unit having a coordinating group or a structural unit having a reactive functional group, but when it is contained, the content of these structural units is: In terms of mass, it is preferably 10% or more and 80% or less, and more preferably 20% or more and 60% or less from the viewpoint of inhibition of developability inhibition with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound.
  • polymer compound in the present invention When the polymer compound in the present invention has a functional group capable of interacting with a black pigment in addition to the graft chain, it contains a functional group capable of interacting with various black pigments as described above. There is no particular limitation on how these functional groups are introduced, but polymer compounds are structural units derived from monomers represented by the following general formulas (iv) to (vi) It is preferable to have one or more structural units selected from
  • R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (eg, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.), or a carbon number Represents an alkyl group of 1 to 6 (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, etc.).
  • R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 are more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 12 and R 13 are each particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • X 1 in the general formula (iv) represents an oxygen atom (—O—) or an imino group (—NH—), and is preferably an oxygen atom.
  • Y in the general formula (v) represents a methine group or a nitrogen atom.
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include a divalent aliphatic group (for example, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkenylene group, a substituted alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, and a substituted alkynylene group), a divalent aromatic group (for example, , Arylene groups and substituted arylene groups), divalent heterocyclic groups, oxygen atoms (—O—), sulfur atoms (—S—), imino groups (—NH—), substituted imino bonds (—NR 31 ′ —
  • R 31 ′ includes an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), a carbonyl bond (—CO—), and combinations thereof.
  • the divalent aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure.
  • the aliphatic group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aliphatic group is preferably a saturated aliphatic group rather than an unsaturated aliphatic group.
  • the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the divalent aromatic group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and most preferably 6 to 10.
  • the aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the divalent heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as the heterocycle.
  • One or more heterocycles, aliphatic rings or aromatic rings may be condensed with the heterocycle.
  • the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups ( ⁇ O), thioxo groups ( ⁇ S), imino groups ( ⁇ NH), substituted imino groups ( ⁇ N—R 32 , where R 32 is aliphatic. Group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), aliphatic group, aromatic group and heterocyclic group.
  • L 1 is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure.
  • the oxyalkylene structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure.
  • L may contain a polyoxyalkylene structure containing two or more oxyalkylene structures.
  • the polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure.
  • the polyoxyethylene structure is represented by — (OCH 2 CH 2 ) n—, where n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 2 to 10.
  • Z 1 represents a functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment in addition to the graft chain, and is preferably a carboxylic acid group or a tertiary amino group.
  • a carboxylic acid group is more preferable.
  • R 14 , R 15 , and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (eg, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, etc.), - represents a Z 1, or -L 1 -Z 1.
  • L 1 and Z 1 are the same meaning as L 1 and Z 1 in the above, it is the preferable examples.
  • R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L 1 is an alkylene group or an oxyalkylene structure.
  • a compound in which X is an oxygen atom or an imino group and Z is a carboxylic acid group is preferable.
  • R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • L 1 is an alkylene group
  • Z 1 is a carboxylic acid group
  • Y is methine. Compounds that are groups are preferred.
  • R 14 , R 15 , and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L is a single bond or an alkylene group, and Z A compound in which is a carboxylic acid group is preferred.
  • monomers represented by general formula (iv) to general formula (vi).
  • monomers include methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, a reaction product of a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) and succinic anhydride.
  • a reaction product of a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule with phthalic anhydride a reaction product of a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule and tetrahydroxyphthalic anhydride , A reaction product of a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule and trimellitic anhydride, a reaction product of a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule and pyromellitic anhydride, Acrylic acid, acrylic acid dimer, acrylic acid oligomer, maleic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, vinylphenol, and 4-hydroxy Phenyl methacrylamide.
  • the content of the structural unit having a functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment is based on the total mass of the polymer compound from the viewpoint of the interaction with the black pigment, the dispersion stability, and the permeability to the developer. 0.05 to 90 mass% is preferable, 1.0 to 80 mass% is more preferable, and 10 to 70 mass% is still more preferable.
  • the polymer compound forms an interaction with the structural unit having a graft chain, the hydrophobic structural unit, and the black pigment as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • other structural units having various functions for example, structural units having functional groups having affinity with the dispersion medium used in the dispersion).
  • Examples of such other structural units include structural units derived from radical polymerizable compounds selected from acrylonitriles and methacrylonitriles.
  • the polymer compound may use one or more of these other structural units, and the content thereof is preferably 0% or more and 80% or less in terms of mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound. More preferably, it is 10% or more and 60% or less. When the content is in the above range, sufficient pattern formability is maintained.
  • the acid value of the polymer compound is preferably in the range of 0 mgKOH / g to 160 mgKOH / g, more preferably in the range of 10 mgKOH / g to 140 mgKOH / g, and still more preferably in the range of 20 mgKOH / g to 120 mgKOH / g.
  • the range is as follows. When the acid value of the polymer compound is 160 mgKOH / g or less, pattern peeling during development when forming the black layer is more effectively suppressed. Moreover, if the acid value of a high molecular compound is 10 mgKOH / g or more, alkali developability will become more favorable.
  • the acid value of the polymer compound is 20 mgKOH / g or more, the precipitation of the black pigment (particularly titanium black) and the dispersion containing the titanium black and Si atoms can be further suppressed, and the number of coarse particles can be further increased. It can be reduced, and the stability with time of the composition can be further improved.
  • the acid value of the polymer compound can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the polymer compound.
  • the resin which has a desired acid value can be obtained by changing content of the structural unit containing the acid group which is a structural component of a high molecular compound.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound in the present invention is 4,000 as a polystyrene converted value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method from the viewpoint of pattern peeling inhibition and developability during development when forming a black layer. It is preferably 300 or more and 300,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or more and 200,000 or less, further preferably 6,000 or more and 100,000 or less, and 10,000 or more and 50,000 or less. It is particularly preferred.
  • the GPC method uses HLC-8020GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), TSKgel SuperHZM-H, TSKgel SuperHZ4000, TSKgel SuperHZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, 4.6 mm ID ⁇ 15 cm) as columns and THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent. ).
  • the polymer compound can be synthesized based on a known method, and examples of the solvent used when synthesizing the polymer compound include ethylene dichloride, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, and ethylene glycol monomethyl.
  • Ether ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, toluene,
  • Examples include ethyl acetate, methyl lactate, and ethyl lactate. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • polymer compound As specific examples of the polymer compound, the polymer compounds described in paragraphs 0127 to 0129 of JP2013-249417A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • graft copolymers described in JP-A 2010-106268, paragraphs 0037 to 0115 corresponding to paragraphs 0075 to 0133 in US2011 / 0124824.
  • it has a side chain structure in which acidic groups in paragraphs 0028 to 0084 (corresponding to columns 0075 to 0133 of US 2011/0279759) of JP 2011-153283 A are bonded via a linking group.
  • Polymeric compounds containing components can be used, the contents of which can be incorporated and incorporated herein.
  • the content of the dispersant in the composition of the present invention is preferably from 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably from 0.5 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent include water and organic solvents.
  • organic solvents include, for example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, ethylene dichloride, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether.
  • Acetylacetone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, diacetone alcohol ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropanol, methoxymethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol Nomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropyl acetate, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, ⁇ -butyrolactone, acetic acid Examples include, but are not limited to, ethyl, butyl acetate, methyl lactate, and ethyl lactate.
  • a solvent may be used individually by 1 type and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the amount of the solvent contained in the composition is preferably 10 to 90% by mass and more preferably 20 to 85% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable composition.
  • the polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group and having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher at normal pressure. Examples of the compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group and having a boiling point of 100 ° C.
  • polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and Monofunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate; polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethane tri (meth) acrylate, neopentylglycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate , Pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (acryloyloxypropiate) ) Polyether of pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol after addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to polyfunctional alcohols such as ether, tri
  • urethane acrylates as described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, and JP-B-2-16765, and JP-B-58- Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-A-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable.
  • addition polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238 are used.
  • a photopolymerizable composition having an extremely excellent photosensitive speed can be obtained.
  • Commercially available products include urethane oligomers UAS-10, UAB-140 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Paper Chemicals Co., Ltd.), UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (trade name, Nippon Kasei) Yakuhin Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, and AI-600 (trade name, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.). Further, ethylenically unsaturated compounds having an acid group are also suitable.
  • Examples of commercially available products include TO-756, which is a carboxylic acid group-containing trifunctional acrylate manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., and a carboxylic acid group-containing pentafunctional group. Examples thereof include TO-1382 which is an acrylate.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the present invention is more preferably a tetrafunctional or higher acrylate compound.
  • a polymeric compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the combination aspect can be suitably set according to the physical property etc. which are requested
  • a suitable combination mode of the polymerizable compound for example, a mode in which two or more polymerizable compounds selected from the polyfunctional acrylate compounds described above are combined, and an example thereof is dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate. And a combination of pentaerythritol triacrylate.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the composition of the present invention is preferably 3% by mass to 55% by mass, and more preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization initiator.
  • a polymerization initiator There is no restriction
  • it may be an activator that generates an active radical by causing some action with a photoexcited sensitizer, and may be an initiator that initiates cationic polymerization according to the type of monomer.
  • the polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one component having a molecular extinction coefficient of at least about 50 within a range of about 300 to 800 nm (more preferably 330 to 500 nm).
  • polymerization initiator examples include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, those having a triazine skeleton, those having an oxadiazole skeleton), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, oximes such as hexaarylbiimidazole and oxime derivatives.
  • acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide
  • oximes such as hexaarylbiimidazole and oxime derivatives.
  • examples thereof include compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, and hydroxyacetophenones. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and an acylphosphine oxide initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
  • IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (trade names: all manufactured by Ciba Japan) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone initiator commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone-based initiator a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179 in which an absorption wavelength is matched with a long wave light source of 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
  • acylphosphine-based initiator commercially available products IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by Ciba Japan) can be used.
  • oxime initiator oxime compound
  • oxime initiator oxime compound
  • Specific compound names of the oxime initiator include 2- (O-benzoyloxime) -1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-butanedione, 2- (O-benzoyloxime) -1- [ 4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-pentanedione, 2- (O-benzoyloxime) -1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-hexanedione, 2- (O-benzoyloxime) -1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-heptanedione, 2- (O-benzoyloxime) -1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-octanedione, 2- (O -Benzoyloxime) -1- [4- (methyl
  • oxime initiators examples include TRONLY TR-PBG-304, TRONLY TR-PBG-309, TRONLY TR-PBG-305 (manufactured by CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO., LTD).
  • Commercial products can be used.
  • the description of oxime initiators described in paragraphs 0092 to 0096 of JP2012-113104A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. By using such an oxime initiator, a composition having high curing sensitivity and good developability can be provided.
  • the oxime-based initiator is a compound described in paragraphs 0030 and later of JP2012-113104A.
  • the general formula is represented by the general formula (I) described in claim 1 of JP2012-113104A, and more preferably expressed by the general formula (IA) described in claim 3. Yes, these descriptions can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • IRGACURE OXE 01 1.2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (O-benzoyloxime)]
  • IRGACURE manufactured by BASF Japan OXE 02 ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime)
  • cyclic oxime compounds described in paragraph 0031 of JP 2007-231000 A and paragraph 0039 of JP 2007-322744 A and specific substitutions shown in paragraphs 0060 to 0062 of JP 2007-26979 A Oxime compounds having a group, oxime compounds having a thioaryl group shown in paragraphs 0090 to 0106 of JP-A-2009-191061, and compounds described in paragraphs 0375 to 0409 of JP-A-2001-233842, etc. These contents are incorporated herein. It is also possible to use an oxime initiator having a fluorine atom. Specific examples of such an initiator include compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP 2014-500852 A, and JP And compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP2013-164471A.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator in the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferably, it is ⁇ 10% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a binder polymer.
  • a binder polymer a linear organic polymer is preferably used.
  • a linear organic polymer a well-known thing can be used arbitrarily.
  • a linear organic polymer that is soluble or swellable in water or weak alkaline water is selected to enable water development or weak alkaline water development.
  • alkali-soluble resin is especially preferable.
  • the binder polymer is a linear organic polymer, and is a group that promotes at least one alkali solubility in a molecule (preferably a molecule having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). It can be suitably selected from alkali-soluble resins having From the viewpoint of heat resistance, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polysiloxane resin, acrylic resin, acrylamide resin, and acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resin are preferable. From the viewpoint of development control, acrylic resin, Acrylamide resins and acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred.
  • Examples of groups that promote alkali solubility include carboxylic acid groups, phosphoric acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, and phenolic hydroxyl groups, but are soluble in organic solvents and weakly alkaline. Those that can be developed with an aqueous solution are preferred, and carboxylic acid groups are more preferred.
  • As the repeating unit having such a carboxylic acid group a repeating unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid is preferable. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • binder polymer examples include radical polymers having a carboxylic acid group in the side chain, such as JP-A-59-44615, JP-B-54-34327, JP-B-58-12577, JP-B-54-25957, Those described in Kaikai 54-92723, JP-A-59-53836, and JP-A-59-71048, ie, resins obtained by homopolymerizing or copolymerizing monomers having a carboxylic acid group; Resins in which acid anhydride units are hydrolyzed, half-esterified or half-amidated by homo- or copolymerization of monomers having products, epoxy acrylates in which epoxy resins are modified with unsaturated monocarboxylic acids and acid anhydrides, etc.
  • radical polymers having a carboxylic acid group in the side chain such as JP-A-59-44615, JP-B-54-34327, JP-B-58-12577, JP-B-54-25957
  • Examples of the monomer having a carboxylic acid group include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, and 4-carboxylstyrene.
  • Examples of monomers having an acid anhydride include And maleic anhydride.
  • an acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid group in the side chain is also exemplified.
  • those obtained by adding a cyclic acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group are useful.
  • 2001-318463 has film strength and developability. It is excellent in balance and is suitable.
  • polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene oxide, and the like are useful as the water-soluble linear organic polymer.
  • alcohol-soluble nylon, polyether which is a reaction product of 2,2-bis- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -propane and epichlorohydrin is also useful.
  • a known radical polymerization method can be applied.
  • Polymerization conditions such as temperature, pressure, type and amount of radical initiator, and type of solvent when producing an alkali-soluble resin by radical polymerization can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and experimental conditions It is also possible to determine.
  • the content of the binder polymer in the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass and more preferably 0.3 to 25% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain components other than those described above.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain an adhesive.
  • the adhesion agent include a silane coupling agent and a titanium coupling agent.
  • silane coupling agents include N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyl-methyldimethoxysilane (trade name KBM-602 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), N- ⁇ -aminoethyl- ⁇ -aminopropyl-trimethoxy.
  • the content of the adhesion agent is preferably 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.7% by mass to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferably, it is 7% by mass to 5% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • an ultraviolet absorber As the ultraviolet absorber, salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, and triazine-based ultraviolet absorbers can be used.
  • compounds of paragraphs 0137 to 0142 of JP2012-068418A corresponding to paragraphs 0251 to 0254 of US2012 / 0068292 can be used, and the contents thereof can be incorporated and incorporated in the present specification. It is.
  • a diethylamino-phenylsulfonyl ultraviolet absorber (trade name: UV-503, manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.) is also preferably used.
  • the ultraviolet absorber include compounds exemplified in paragraphs 0134 to 0148 of JP2012-32556A.
  • the composition may or may not contain an ultraviolet absorber, but when it is contained, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.001 to 15% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition. The content is more preferably from 01 to 10% by mass, and further preferably from 0.1 to 5% by mass.
  • Various surfactants may be added to the composition from the viewpoint of further improving coatability.
  • various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
  • the composition of the present invention can further improve the uniformity of coating thickness and the liquid-saving property because the liquid property (particularly fluidity) is further improved by containing a fluorine-based surfactant. it can.
  • fluorosurfactant examples include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, F780, F781F (above, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC1068, SC-381, SC-383, S393, KH-40 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), etc. .
  • surfactants include, for example, surfactants described in paragraphs 0174 to 0177 of JP2013-249417A, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be combined.
  • the addition amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the following components may be further added to the composition.
  • examples include sensitizers, co-sensitizers, cross-linking agents, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, polymerization inhibitors, plasticizers, diluents, sensitizers, and the like.
  • Adhesion promoters and other auxiliaries for example, conductive particles, fillers, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, antioxidants, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.
  • auxiliaries for example, conductive particles, fillers, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, antioxidants, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.
  • the solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, and more preferably 15 to 40% by mass from the viewpoint of the balance between the thickness of the black layer to be formed and the light shielding property.
  • the composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-described various components by a known mixing method (for example, a stirrer, a homogenizer, a high-pressure emulsifier, a wet pulverizer, a wet disperser).
  • the composition of the present invention is preferably filtered with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. Any filter can be used without particular limitation as long as it has been conventionally used for filtration.
  • a filter made of fluorine resin such as PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), polyamide resin such as nylon, polyolefin resin (including high density and ultra high molecular weight) such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP), and the like can be given.
  • polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) and nylon are preferable.
  • the pore size of the filter is suitably about 0.1 to 7.0 ⁇ m, preferably about 0.2 to 2.5 ⁇ m, more preferably about 0.2 to 1.5 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 0.3 to 0.0 ⁇ m. 7 ⁇ m.
  • the filtering by the first filter may be performed only once or may be performed twice or more.
  • the second and subsequent pore diameters are the same or larger than the pore diameter of the first filtering.
  • the pore diameter here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer.
  • the second filter a filter formed of the same material as the first filter described above can be used.
  • the pore size of the second filter is suitably about 0.2 to 10.0 ⁇ m, preferably about 0.2 to 7.0 ⁇ m, more preferably about 0.3 to 6.0 ⁇ m. By setting it as this range, the foreign material mixed in the liquid mixture can be removed while the component particles contained in the liquid mixture remain.
  • the filtering by the first filter may be performed only with the dispersion, and the second filtering may be performed after mixing other components.
  • a black layer can be formed by using the composition for forming a black layer described above.
  • substrate, forming a coating film, performing a hardening process with respect to a coating film, and manufacturing a black layer is mentioned.
  • the method for the curing treatment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a photocuring treatment and a thermosetting treatment, and a photocuring treatment (particularly, an ultraviolet irradiation treatment) is preferable because pattern formation is easy.
  • substrate used in particular is not restrict
  • composition layer formation step As a preferred embodiment in the case of producing a patterned black layer, a step of forming a composition layer by applying the composition of the present invention on a substrate (hereinafter, abbreviated as “composition layer formation step” as appropriate). ), A step of exposing the composition layer through a mask (hereinafter abbreviated as “exposure step” as appropriate), and developing the exposed composition layer to form a black layer (patterned black layer). And a step (hereinafter abbreviated as “development step” as appropriate). Specifically, the composition of the present invention is applied on a substrate directly or via another layer to form a composition layer (composition layer forming step), and exposed through a predetermined mask pattern. By curing only the light-irradiated coating film portion (exposure step) and developing with a developer (development step), a patterned black layer can be produced.
  • exposure step a mask
  • development step a step of patterned black layer
  • composition layer forming step a composition layer is formed by applying the composition of the present invention on a substrate.
  • the substrate include various members in the solid-state imaging device (for example, an infrared light cut filter, an outer peripheral portion of the solid-state imaging device, an outer peripheral portion of a wafer level lens, and a back surface of the solid-state imaging device).
  • a coating method of the composition of the present invention on the substrate various coating methods such as slit coating, ink jet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing method can be applied.
  • the composition coated on the substrate is usually dried at 70 ° C. to 110 ° C. for about 2 minutes to 4 minutes to form a composition layer.
  • the composition layer formed in the composition layer forming step is exposed through a mask, and only the composition layer portion irradiated with light is cured.
  • the exposure is preferably performed by irradiation with radiation.
  • radiation that can be used for exposure ultraviolet rays such as g-line, h-line, and i-line are preferably used, and a high-pressure mercury lamp is preferred as a light source.
  • the irradiation intensity is preferably 5 mJ / cm 2 or more 1500 mJ / cm 2 or less, 10 mJ / cm 2 or more 1000 mJ / cm 2 or less being more preferred.
  • a development process (development process) is performed, and the light non-irradiated part in the exposure process is eluted in a developer (for example, an alkaline aqueous solution).
  • a developer for example, an alkaline aqueous solution
  • an organic alkali developer is desirable.
  • the development temperature is usually from 20 ° C. to 30 ° C., and the development time is from 20 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • the alkaline aqueous solution include, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium oxalate, and sodium metasilicate as the inorganic developer, and ammonia water, ethylamine as the organic alkali developer.
  • a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol and ethanol, and / or a surfactant can also be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
  • a developer composed of such an alkaline aqueous solution it is generally washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.
  • the material constituting the low-refractive index layer is not particularly limited, and may satisfy the above-described refractive index. Among them, a transparent resin such as a siloxane resin and a fluororesin is preferable because the refractive index can be easily controlled. It is preferable. Moreover, as will be described later, the low refractive index layer may contain hollow particles, non-hollow particles, or a surfactant. The low refractive index layer is preferably formed using a coating solution containing the transparent resin and other components. Hereinafter, the material constituting the low refractive index layer will be described in detail.
  • a siloxane resin can be obtained through an hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction using an alkoxysilane compound. More specifically, for example, a part or all of alkoxy groups of alkyltrialkoxysilane are hydrolyzed to be converted into silanol groups, and at least a part of the generated silanol groups is condensed to form Si—O—Si bonds. What was formed is mentioned.
  • the siloxane resin may be a siloxane resin having any silsesquioxane structure such as a cage type, a ladder type, and a random type.
  • the “cage type”, “ladder type”, and “random type” can refer to, for example, the structures described in the chemistry and application development of silsesquioxane materials (CMC Publishing).
  • the siloxane resin of this embodiment preferably has a silsesquioxane structure represented by the following formula (1). -(R 1 SiO 3/2 ) n -Formula (1)
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom), preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 3 is more preferable, and n is an integer of 10 to 10,000, preferably an integer of 20 to 1,000.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 1 is not particularly limited as long as the carbon number is within the above range, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and an isopropyl group.
  • R 1 may have a substituent T described later, and examples of the optional substituent include a glycidyloxy group and a fluoroalkyl group having a fluorine atom.
  • a silicon-containing polymer whose main chain is composed of siloxane bonds is called a polysiloxane or a siloxane resin. Since silicon has four bonds, the basic structural unit of polysiloxane is classified according to the number of organic groups typified by methyl and phenyl groups per silicon atom. It can be divided into two. In the following formula, R is an organic group.
  • silsesquioxane means a general term for polysiloxanes whose basic structural units are T units unless otherwise specified. Since silicon in silsesquioxane is bonded to three oxygens and oxygen is bonded to two silicons, the theoretical composition is RSiO 3/2 (the Latin word for three-half is "Sesquix (SESQUI) "). In the present embodiment, it is preferable that R in the formula of the T unit is R 1 and that this silsesquioxane structure site is contained at a specific content described later.
  • the siloxane resin of the present embodiment preferably has a silsesquioxane structure in which 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is represented by the above formula (1). This ratio is more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, further preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 100% by mass (however, 100% by mass). %, Other components such as inevitable impurities may be contained within a range that does not impair the desired effect.)
  • the siloxane resin of this embodiment may contain the specific polysilsesquioxane structure individually by 1 type, or may contain 2 or more types.
  • the siloxane resin of this embodiment is preferably a hydrolysis condensate obtained by hydrolytic condensation of alkyltrialkoxysilane.
  • an alkoxysilane compound containing an alkyltrialkoxysilane can be used as a starting material.
  • an alkoxysilane compound intends the starting material comprised from alkoxysilane (silicon compound which has an alkoxy group).
  • the alkyltrialkoxysilane is an organosilicon compound in which one alkyl group and three alkoxy groups are bonded to a silicon atom, and can be represented by the following formula (2).
  • R 2 Si (OR 3 ) 3 (R 2 is a halogen atom (preferably, an alkyl group having fluorine atoms) and having 1 carbon atoms which may 12 have, preferably from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably .R 3 is 1 to 3 carbon atoms Represents an alkyl group.)
  • the alkyl group (R 2 in the formula (2)) of the alkyltrialkoxysilane is not particularly limited as long as it has a carbon number of 1 to 12, but is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a methyl group.
  • R 2 may have a substituent T, and examples of the optional substituent include a glycidyloxy group and a fluoroalkyl group having a fluorine atom.
  • the compound represented by Formula (3) is mentioned as one of the suitable aspects of the organosilicon compound represented by Formula (2).
  • CF 3 (CF 2 ) n CH 2 CH 2 Si (OR 10 ) 3 Formula (3) (Wherein R 10 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer of 0 to 8)
  • the alkoxy group of the alkyltrialkoxysilane is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methoxy group and an ethoxy group. More specifically, R 3 in the formula (2) is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Of these, a carbon number of 1 to 10 is preferable, and a carbon number of 1 to 4 is more preferable. In particular, an ethoxy group in which R 3 in the formula (2) is an ethyl group is preferable because the hydrolysis rate can be easily controlled. R 3 may have a substituent T.
  • alkyltrialkoxysilane examples include methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, methyltripropoxysilane, ethyltrimethoxysilane, ethyltriethoxysilane, propyltrimethoxysilane, propyltriethoxysilane, and ⁇ -glycidoxypropyl.
  • examples include trimethoxysilane and trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane. Of these, methyltriethoxysilane and ethyltriethoxysilane are preferably used, and methyltriethoxysilane is more preferably used.
  • alkyl trialkoxysilane only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • the alkoxysilane compound is preferably alkyltrialkoxysilane, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and further preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less.
  • Tetraalkoxysilane is an organosilicon compound in which four alkoxy groups are bonded to a silicon atom, and can be represented by the following formula (4).
  • the alkoxy group of tetraalkoxysilane is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methoxy group and an ethoxy group. More specifically, R 4 in formula (4) is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a carbon number of 1 to 10 is preferable, and a carbon number of 1 to 4 is more preferable.
  • an ethoxy group in which R 4 in the formula (4) is an ethyl group is preferable because the hydrolysis rate can be easily controlled.
  • R 4 may have a substituent T.
  • the tetraalkoxysilane include tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetra-n-propoxysilane, tetraisopropoxysilane, tetra-n-butoxysilane, tetraisobutoxysilane, and tetra-tert-butoxysilane. Can be mentioned. Of these, tetramethoxysilane and tetraethoxysilane are preferably used. In addition, as tetraalkoxysilane, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
  • the content of tetraalkoxysilane in the alkoxysilane compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 35% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. Although there is no particular lower limit, in order to obtain the effect of adding tetraalkoxysilane, the content is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1% by mass or more.
  • a resin contained in the low refractive index layer a hydrolyzate with a predetermined silicon compound described in paragraphs 0016 to 0024 of JP2013-253145A, and JP2012-0214772A
  • the compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0030 to 0043 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • alkyl group preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, pentyl group, heptyl group, 1-ethylpentyl group, benzyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group
  • alkenyl group preferably alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as vinyl group, allyl group and oleyl group
  • alkynyl group preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Alkynyl groups such as ethynyl group, butadiynyl group and phenylethynyl group, etc., cycloalkyl groups (preferably cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and 4-methylcyclohexyl group, etc.), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms, for example, An phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 4-methoxyphenyl group, a 2-chlorophenyl group, a 3-methylphenyl group, etc.), a heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably at least 1 A 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group having two oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and nitrogen atoms is preferable.
  • cycloalkyl groups
  • alkoxy groups preferably alkoxy groups having 1 to 20 carbon atom
  • aryloxycarbonyl groups such as phenoxycarbonyl group, 1-naphthyloxycarbonyl group, 3-methylphenoxycarbonyl group, 4-methoxyphenoxycarbonyl group, etc., amino groups (preferably amino acids having 0 to 20 carbon atoms) Group, alkylamino group, arylamino group, such as amino group, N, N-dimethylamino group, N, N-diethylamino group, N-ethylamino group, and anilino group), sulfamoyl group (preferably C 0-20 sulfamoyl groups, eg For example, an N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl group and an N-phenylsulfamoyl group), an acyl group (preferably an acyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an acetyl group, a propionyl group, and a butyryl group) An aryloyl group (preferably an
  • Phosphate groups such as —OP ( ⁇ O) (R P ) 2
  • phosphonyl groups preferably phosphonyl groups having 0 to 20 carbon atoms such as —P ( ⁇ O) (R P ) 2
  • phosphinyl group preferably phosphinyl group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, -P (R P) 2)
  • (meth) acryloyl group, (meth) acryloyloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom e.g., fluorine atom , Chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.
  • each of the groups listed as the substituent T may be further substituted with the substituent T described above.
  • a linking group or the like includes an alkyl group, an alkylene group, an alkenyl group, an alkenylene group, an alkynyl group, an alkynylene group or the like, these groups may be cyclic or chain-like. Alternatively, when these groups are chain-like, they may be linear or branched. Further, these groups may be substituted as described above or unsubstituted. Each substituent may be substituted via the following linking group Lx as long as the effects of the present invention are achieved.
  • an alkyl group, an alkylene group, an alkenyl group, and an alkenylene group may further have the following hetero-linking group interposed in the structure.
  • the linking group Lx include a hydrocarbon linking group [an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably Has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms), an alkynylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms), 6 to 22 carbon atoms
  • hetero-linking groups [carbonyl group (—CO—), thiocarbonyl group (—CS—), ether group (—O—), thioether group (—S—) ), An imino group (—NR N —
  • the said hydrocarbon coupling group may form the double bond and the triple bond suitably, and may connect.
  • the ring formed is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • a nitrogen-containing 5-membered ring is preferable, and examples of the compound forming the ring include pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, indazole, indole, benzimidazole, pyrrolidine, imidazolidine, pyrazolidine, indoline, carbazole, and These derivatives are exemplified.
  • 6-membered ring examples include piperidine, morpholine, piperazine, and derivatives thereof. Further, when an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or the like is included, they may be monocyclic or condensed, and may be similarly substituted or unsubstituted.
  • RN is a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (2 carbon atoms).
  • an alkynyl group preferably 2 to 24, preferably 2 to 12. More preferably, 2 to 6 carbon atoms are more preferable, and 2 to 3 carbon atoms are particularly preferable), an aralkyl group (preferably 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and still more preferably having 6 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • RP is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a substituent.
  • substituents examples include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (2 carbon atoms). To 24, more preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, particularly preferably 2 to 3, and an alkynyl group (preferably 2 to 24, preferably 2 to 12). More preferably, 2 to 6 carbon atoms are more preferable, and 2 to 3 carbon atoms are particularly preferable), an aralkyl group (preferably 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • An aryl group preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably having 6 to 10 carbon atoms
  • an alkoxy group preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • an alkenyloxy group preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and further preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • An alkynyloxy group preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms).
  • An aralkyloxy group (preferably having 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably having 7 to 14 carbon atoms, and further preferably having 7 to 10 carbon atoms), an aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, and having 6 to 14 carbon atoms) More preferred are those having 6 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • the number of atoms constituting the linking group is preferably 1 to 36, more preferably 1 to 24, still more preferably 1 to 12, and particularly preferably 1 to 6.
  • the number of linking atoms in the linking group is preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 8 or less. The lower limit is 1 or more.
  • the number of connected atoms refers to the minimum number of atoms that are located in a path connecting predetermined structural portions and are involved in the connection.
  • linking groups include the following. Oxycarbonyl group (OCO), carbonate group (OCOO), amide group (CONH), urethane group (NHCOO), urea group (NHCONH), (poly) alkyleneoxy group (-(Lr-O) x-), carbonyl ( Poly) oxyalkylene group (—CO— (O—Lr) x—, carbonyl (poly) alkyleneoxy group (—CO— (Lr—O) x—), carbonyloxy (poly) alkyleneoxy group (—COO— ( Lr-O) x-), (poly) alkyleneimino group (-(Lr-NR N ) x), alkylene (poly) iminoalkylene group (-Lr- (NR N -Lr) x-
  • x is an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 100, and preferably 1 to 20 More preferred.
  • Lr is preferably an alkylene group, an alkenylene group or an alkynylene group.
  • the carbon number of Lr is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and further preferably 1 to 3.
  • a plurality of Lr, R N , R P , and x need not be the same.
  • the direction of the linking group is not limited by the above description, and may be understood as appropriate according to a predetermined chemical formula.
  • the siloxane resin can be obtained through the hydrolysis reaction and the condensation reaction using the above-described alkoxysilane compound.
  • a catalyst such as an acid or a base may be used as necessary.
  • the catalyst is not particularly limited as long as it changes the pH.
  • examples of the acid (organic acid, inorganic acid) include nitric acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, formic acid, and hydrochloric acid.
  • examples of the alkali include ammonia, triethylamine, and ethylenediamine.
  • the amount to be used is not particularly limited as long as the siloxane resin satisfies a predetermined molecular weight.
  • a solvent may be added to the reaction system of the hydrolysis reaction and condensation reaction.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited as long as the hydrolysis reaction and the condensation reaction can be performed.
  • water alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, and propanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and ethylene glycol monopropyl ether
  • ethers such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and esters such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and methyl isoamyl ketone.
  • the conditions for the hydrolysis reaction and condensation reaction are appropriately selected according to the type of material used.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the siloxane resin used in the present embodiment is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more, further preferably 2,500 or more, and particularly preferably 3,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 45,000 or less, and particularly preferably 25,000 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the polymer means a weight average molecular weight unless otherwise specified, and is measured in terms of standard polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the measuring apparatus and conditions are basically based on the following condition 1 and are allowed to be set to condition 2 depending on the solubility of the sample.
  • an appropriate carrier (eluent) and a column suitable for it may be selected and used.
  • a fluororesin is a resin containing fluorine in a substance molecule, specifically, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyhexafluoropropylene, tetrafluoroethylene / hexafluoropropylene copolymer, tetrafluoroethylene / perfluoroalkyl.
  • examples thereof include vinyl ether copolymers, tetrafluoroethylene / ethylene copolymers, hexafluoropropylene / propylene copolymers, polyvinylidene fluoride, and vinylidene fluoride / ethylene copolymers.
  • fluorine siloxane polymers described in JP-A No. 2004-21036 are also exemplified.
  • polytetrafluoroethylene and tetrafluoroethylene / ethylene copolymer are preferable, and polytetrafluoroethylene is more preferable.
  • a polytetrafluoroethylene-containing mixed powder composed of polytetrafluoroethylene particles and an organic polymer is also preferably used.
  • Amorphous fluororesins are also preferably used, and examples of commercially available products include CYTOP (manufactured by Asahi Glass).
  • the molecular weight of fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene is preferably in the range of 100,000 to 10,000,000, more preferably in the range of 100,000 to 1,000,000, which is particularly effective for extrusion moldability and flame retardancy.
  • fluororesin an amorphous fluororesin, a copolymer oligomer containing a perfluoroalkyl group-containing acrylate or methacrylate, a fluorocoating agent, a fluorosurfactant, an electron beam or a fluorocarbon surface treatment containing an ultraviolet curing component
  • fluorine-based surface treatment agent containing an agent and a thermosetting component
  • alkyl acrylate or alkyl methacrylate is preferable.
  • amorphous fluororesin examples include Lumiflon manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd. and CYTOP.
  • Copolymer oligomers containing perfluoroalkyl group-containing (meth) acrylate and alkyl (meth) acrylate as main components include Nippon Oil & Fats Modiper F Series, Daikin Industries Unidyne, Dainippon Ink & Chemicals Examples thereof include F470 series, F480 series, and F110 series, and the copolymerization is more preferably block copolymerization.
  • a fluorine-type coating agent Sumitomo 3M EGC1700 is mentioned.
  • fluorosurfactant examples include Megafac F114, F410 series, 440 series, 450, and 490 series manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc.
  • fluorine-based surface treatment agent containing an electron beam or an ultraviolet ray curable component examples include Polyfox PF-3320 manufactured by Omniva Solutions, Cheminox FAMAC-8 manufactured by Unimatec, and EGC1720 manufactured by Sumitomo 3M.
  • fluorine-based surface treating agent containing a thermosetting component examples include EGC1720 manufactured by Sumitomo 3M, NH-10 manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, and NH-15.
  • the solvent used in preparing the coating liquid containing the transparent resin is not limited, but the reaction used in the hydrolysis reaction. Examples of the solvent or organic solvent are given. Of these, alcohol compounds, ether compounds, and ester compounds are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, and ethyl lactate are more preferable.
  • the solid content concentration in the coating solution of the transparent resin is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, and further preferably 3% by mass or more. As an upper limit, 50 mass% or less is preferable, 25 mass% or less is more preferable, and 10 mass% or less is further more preferable.
  • the coating solution containing the transparent resin may contain a surfactant from the viewpoint of further improving the coating property.
  • the surfactant which has a polyoxyalkylene structure is contained in the coating liquid containing transparent resin.
  • the polyoxyalkylene structure refers to a structure in which an alkylene group and a divalent oxygen atom are adjacent to each other, and specifically includes an ethylene oxide (EO) structure, a propylene oxide (PO) structure, and the like. Can be mentioned.
  • the surfactant having a polyoxyalkylene structure as long as it has the polyoxyalkylene structure, a fluorosurfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a silicone surfactant, etc.
  • Various surfactants can be used. Among these, nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants are preferable, nonionic surfactants and anionic surfactants are more preferable, and anionic surfactants are more preferable.
  • fluorosurfactant examples include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F479, F482, F554, F780, F781F (above, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, S-141, S- 145, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-106, SC1068, SC-381, SC-383, S393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) ), EFtop EF301, EF303, EF351, EF352 (above, manufactured by Gemco), PF636, PF65 , PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (OMNOVA Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • nonionic surfactant examples include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane ethoxylate and propoxylate (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether (Emulgen 404 manufactured by Kao Corporation), polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, ELEBASE manufactured by Aoki Oil & Fat Co., Ltd. Examples include BUB-3.
  • anionic surfactants include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), EMULSOGEN COL-020, EMULSOGEN COA-070, EMULSOGEN COL-080, manufactured by Clariant Japan Co., Ltd., Daiichi Kogyo Examples include Prisurf A208B manufactured by Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., ETC-3 manufactured by Nippon Chemicals Co., Ltd.
  • silicone surfactant include “Toray Silicone DC3PA”, “Toray Silicone SH7PA”, “Tore Silicone DC11PA”, “Tore Silicone SH21PA”, “Tore Silicone SH28PA”, “Toray Silicone” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.
  • a surfactant represented by the following formula (5) can be mentioned. Equation (5): R 5 O ( R 6 O) m R 7 (In the above formula, R 5 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R 6 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a carboxylic acid group, or —PO 3 H 2 . M represents an integer of 1 to 8.) R 5 may be a linear or branched alkyl group. Of these, 5 to 20 carbon atoms are preferable, and 12 to 18 carbon atoms are more preferable.
  • R 6 may be a linear or branched alkylene group, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, an isopropylene group, a butylene group, and an isobutylene group. Among these, an ethylene group and an isopropylene group (a group forming an adjacent O atom and an ethylene oxide structure or a propylene oxide structure) are preferable.
  • R 7 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a carboxylic acid group, and more preferably a carboxylic acid group.
  • silicone surfactants include polysiloxane surfactants in which an organic group is introduced into a side chain or a terminal, or a side chain and a terminal.
  • an amino group As a side chain group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a carbinol group, a mercapto group, a carboxylic acid group, a hydrogen group, a polyether group, an aralkyl group, a fluoroalkyl group, and a phenyl group, as a terminal group, an amino group, Examples thereof include an epoxy group, a carbinol group, a methacryl group, a polyether group, a mercapto group, a carboxylic acid group, a phenol group, a silanol group, and a diol group.
  • alkoxysilane compound ⁇ an alkylalkoxysilane compound having a specific carbon number
  • alkoxysilane compound ⁇ an alkoxysilane compound having an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms (more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms) is preferably used.
  • this is represented by a general formula, it is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (6).
  • R 51 is the same group as R 4 described above.
  • R 52 is preferably an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • n is an integer of 1 to 3.
  • the addition amount of the surfactant is not particularly limited, but the lower limit is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 1.5 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the transparent resin. More preferably 5 parts by mass or more. Although an upper limit is not specifically limited, 30 mass parts or less are preferable and 15 mass parts or less are more preferable.
  • the coating liquid or low refractive index layer containing a transparent resin preferably contains hollow particles and / or non-hollow particles.
  • porous fine particles may be used.
  • the hollow particle has a structure having a cavity inside, and refers to a particle having a cavity surrounded by an outer shell.
  • the porous particle refers to a porous particle having a large number of cavities.
  • the hollow particles and / or the non-hollow particles are appropriately referred to as “specific particles”.
  • the specific particles may be organic particles or inorganic particles.
  • the porosity of the specific particles is preferably 10 to 80%, more preferably 20 to 60%, and still more preferably 30 to 60%.
  • the porosity of the specific particles is preferably in the above range from the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index and maintaining the durability of the particles.
  • hollow particles are more preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the refractive index.
  • JP-A-2001-233611 As a method for producing hollow particles, for example, the method described in JP-A-2001-233611 can be applied. Further, as a method for producing porous particles, for example, methods described in JP-A-2003-327424, 2003-335515, 2003-226516, and 2003-238140 can be applied. .
  • the specific particles preferably have an average primary particle size of 1 nm or more, and more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 200 nm or less, and more preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the average primary particle size of the specific particles here can be determined from the photograph obtained by observing the dispersed particles with a transmission electron microscope. The projected area of the particles is obtained, and the equivalent circle diameter is obtained therefrom, and the average primary particle size is obtained. In the present specification, the average primary particle diameter is obtained by measuring the projected area of 300 or more particles, obtaining the equivalent circle diameter, and calculating the number average diameter.
  • the refractive index of the specific particles is preferably 1.10 to 1.40, more preferably 1.15 to 1.35, and still more preferably 1.15 to 1.30.
  • the specific particles are preferably hollow or porous inorganic particles from the viewpoint of lowering the refractive index.
  • the inorganic low refractive index particles include magnesium fluoride or silica particles, and silica particles are more preferable from the viewpoint of low refractive index properties, dispersion stability, and cost.
  • the crystal system of the inorganic particles may be either crystalline or amorphous.
  • the inorganic particles may be monodispersed particles or aggregated particles as long as a predetermined particle diameter is satisfied.
  • the shape of the inorganic particles may be a spherical shape, a bead shape, a shape having a major axis / minor axis ratio of 1 or more, or an indefinite shape, and a spherical shape is more preferable.
  • the specific surface area of the inorganic particles is preferably 10 m 2 / g to 2000 m 2 / g, more preferably 20 m 2 / g to 1800 m 2 / g, and 50 m 2 / g to 1500 m 2 / g. Is more preferable.
  • specific particles include IPA-ST having a number average particle size of 12 nm using isopropanol as a dispersant, MIBK-ST having a number average particle size of 12 nm using methyl isobutyl ketone as a dispersant, and number average using isopropanol as a dispersant.
  • “Oscar” 10 having a number average particle size of 120 nm using diacetone alcohol as a dispersant 6.
  • Number average particle diameter of 5 to 80 nm “Cataloid (registered trademark)”-S (trade name, manufactured by Catalyst Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether as a dispersant.
  • “Quartron” PL with a number average particle size of 17 nm using ⁇ -butyrolactone as a dispersant “Quartron” PL-2L-PGME with a particle size of 16 nm
  • “Quartron” PL-1-PGME with a number average particle size of 12 nm
  • hollow silica particles include those commercially available, such as those disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-233611 and Japanese Patent No. 3272111. Moreover, you may contain 2 or more types of these silica particles and hollow silica particles.
  • Specific particles used in the present invention include silica fine particles having a porous and / or hollow inside, and silica fine particles having a non-porous inside and having no hollow.
  • silica fine particles silica fine particles having a porous and / or hollow interior are preferable for lowering the refractive index of the low refractive index layer.
  • Silica fine particles that are not porous inside and do not have a hollow have a refractive index of 1.45 to 1.5, so that the expected effect of lowering the refractive index is small.
  • silica fine particles having a porous and / or hollow interior have a large refractive index reducing effect because the refractive index of the particles themselves is 1.2 to 1.4. That is, silica fine particles having a porous and / or hollow interior are preferably used in that they can impart excellent hardness and low refractive index properties.
  • the refractive index of specific particles can be measured by the following method.
  • a mixed resin sample of a matrix resin and a specific particle having a solid content concentration of 10%, which are prepared so that the content of the specific particle is 0% by mass, 20% by mass, 30% by mass, 40% by mass, and 50% by mass is prepared.
  • Each is coated on a silicon wafer by using a spin coater so as to have a thickness of 0.3 to 1.0 ⁇ m.
  • the obtained silicon wafer is heated on a hot plate at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes and then dried to obtain a coating film.
  • the refractive index of the coating film at a wavelength of 633 nm (25 ° C.) is obtained using an ellipsometer (VUV-base [trade name] manufactured by JA Woollam), and the value of 100% by mass of silica fine particles is extrapolated. Can be sought.
  • silica fine particles having a porous and / or hollow interior into the coating material not only can optimize the refractive index of the film obtained from the coating material, but also increase the hardness of the film. preferable.
  • Silica fine particles that are not porous inside and have no hollow are, for example, IPA-ST in which isopropanol having a particle size of 12 nm is used as a dispersant, MIBK-ST in which methyl isobutyl ketone having a particle size of 12 nm is used as a dispersant, particles IPA-ST-L using isopropanol having a diameter of 45 nm as a dispersant, IPA-STZL using isopropanol having a particle diameter of 100 nm as a dispersant (trade name, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), ⁇ -butyrolactone having a particle diameter of 12 nm Oscar 101 using ⁇ -butyrolactone as a dispersant, Oscar 105 using ⁇ -butyrolactone with a particle size of 60 nm, Oscar 106 using diacetone alcohol with a particle size of 120 nm as a dispersant (trade name, JGC Catalysts
  • silica fine particles examples include organosilica sol “OSCAL” (manufactured by JGC Catalysts & Chemicals Co., Ltd.), colloidal silica “Snowtex”, organosilica sol (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and high purity colloidal. Silica, high-purity organosol “Quartron” (Fuso Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned.
  • the specific particles may be subjected to physical surface treatments such as plasma discharge treatment and corona discharge treatment, or surfactants and cups. Chemical surface treatment with a ring agent or the like may be performed. Of these, the use of a coupling agent is preferred.
  • a coupling agent an alkoxy metal compound (eg, titanium coupling agent, silane coupling agent) is preferably used. Of these, silane coupling treatment is particularly effective.
  • organosilyl groups (monoorganosilyl, diorganosilyl, triorganosilyl groups) are converted into silica particles by the reaction of the silane compound and the silanol group. It binds to the surface.
  • organosilyl groups monoorganosilyl, diorganosilyl, triorganosilyl groups
  • the organic group on the surface of the surface-treated silica particles include a saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and a halogenated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the above-mentioned coupling agent may be used as a surface treatment agent for specific particles in advance for surface treatment prior to the preparation of the coating solution for the low refractive index layer, or may be added as an additive during the preparation of the coating solution.
  • the specific particles are preferably dispersed in the medium in advance before the surface treatment in order to reduce the load of the surface treatment.
  • particles can be preferably used as the specific particles made of silica.
  • Julia Catalysts Co., Ltd. through rear series hinder particles, isopropanol (IPA) dispersion, 4-methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK) dispersion, etc., such as through rear 2320
  • OSCAL series Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Snowtex series (porous particles, IPA dispersion, ethylene glycol dispersion, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) dispersion, dimethylacetamide dispersion, MIBK dispersion, propylene glycol monomethyl acetate dispersion, propylene glycol monomethyl ether dispersion, methanol dispersion, ethyl acetate dispersion, butyl acetate) Dispersion, xylene-n-butanol dispersion, toluene dispersion, etc.
  • MEK methyl ethyl ketone
  • MIBK-SD-L, MIBK-ST, etc. Sirenax (porous particles) manufactured by Nittetsu Mining Co., Ltd., PL manufactured by Fuso Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. series Porous particles, IPA dispersion, toluene dispersion, propylene glycol monomethyl ether dispersion, methyl ethyl ketone dispersion, etc., such as PL-1-IPA, PL-2L-PGME, etc., Aerosil series manufactured by EVONIK (porous particles, propylene glycol acetate dispersion) Silica particles such as ethylene glycol dispersion and MIBK dispersion) can be used.
  • Sittetsu Mining Co., Ltd. PL manufactured by Fuso Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. series Porous particles, IPA dispersion, toluene dispersion, propylene glycol monomethyl ether dispersion, methyl ethyl ketone dispersion, etc
  • a particle aggregate also referred to as beaded silica
  • a sol dispersed in the above As the silica particles contained in the silica sol, in addition to the bead shape, spherical, needle-like or plate-like ones are widely known, but in this embodiment, the silica sol in which the bead-like colloidal silica particles are dispersed is used. It is preferable to use it. This is because the presence of these beaded colloidal silica particles facilitates formation of pores in the formed film, and a film having a very low refractive index can be formed. Further, the particle size is small, and the haze of the film can be reduced.
  • the beaded colloidal silica particles are preferably those in which a plurality of spherical colloidal silica particles having an average particle diameter of 5 to 50 nm are joined by a metal oxide-containing silica. If the average particle diameter is less than the lower limit, the refractive index of the film after formation does not sufficiently decrease. On the other hand, if the average particle diameter exceeds the upper limit, the haze of the film may increase due to irregularities on the film surface.
  • the average particle diameter of the spherical colloidal silica particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 30 nm.
  • the average particle diameter of the said spherical colloidal silica particle means the average particle diameter measured by BET method.
  • the beaded colloidal silica particles have a number average particle diameter (D1 nm) measured by the dynamic light scattering method of the spherical colloidal silica particles and a specific surface area Sm 2 measured by the nitrogen adsorption method of the spherical colloidal silica particles.
  • D1 / D2 is preferably 3 to 20. If it is less than the lower limit, the particles tend to aggregate and form a precipitate. On the other hand, if the upper limit is exceeded, the haze of the formed film may increase. D1 is preferably 35 to 150 nm.
  • a metal oxide containing silica which joins a spherical colloidal silica particle an amorphous silica, an amorphous alumina, etc. are illustrated, for example.
  • the liquid medium in which the beaded colloidal silica particles are dispersed include methanol, ethanol, IPA, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
  • the silica sol used preferably has a SiO 2 concentration of 5 to 40% by mass. If the SiO 2 concentration of the silica sol to be used is too low, the refractive index of the film after formation may not be sufficiently lowered. On the other hand, if it is too high, the SiO 2 in the silica sol tends to aggregate and the liquid may become unstable. .
  • a silica sol in which beaded colloidal silica particles are dispersed for example, a silica sol described in Japanese Patent No. 4328935 or JP2013-253145A can be used.
  • the content of the specific particles in the dispersion is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to 40% by mass, and further preferably 15% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the content of the specific particles with respect to the total solid content in the coating solution of the transparent resin is preferably 5% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, and 20% by mass to 80% by mass. More preferably, it is mass%.
  • the coating amount of the specific particles is preferably 1 mg / m 2 to 100 mg / m 2 , more preferably 5 mg / m 2 to 80 mg / m 2 , still more preferably 10 mg / m 2 to 60 mg / m 2 .
  • the total solid component or the total solid content refers to a component that does not volatilize or evaporate when dried at 100 ° C. Typically, it refers to components other than solvents and dispersion media.
  • the transparent resin coating solution may further contain a curing agent.
  • curing agent the hardening
  • curing agents can be easily obtained by reacting a metal alkoxide with a chelating agent.
  • chelating agents include ⁇ -diketones such as acetylacetone, benzoylacetone, and dibenzoylmethane; ⁇ -keto acid esters such as ethyl acetoacetate and ethyl benzoylacetate.
  • the metal group chelate compound include ethyl acetoacetate aluminum diisopropylate, aluminum tris (ethyl acetoacetate), alkyl acetoacetate aluminum diisopropylate, aluminum monoacetylacetate bis (ethyl acetoacetate), aluminum tris
  • Aluminum chelate compounds such as (acetylacetonate), ethyl acetoacetate magnesium monoisopropylate, magnesium bis (ethylacetoacetate), alkylacetoacetate magnesium monoisopropylate, magnesium chelate compounds such as magnesium bis (acetylacetonate), zirconium tetra Acetylacetonate, zirconium tributoxyacetylacetonate, di Benzalkonium acetylacetonate bis (ethylacetoacetate), manganese acetylacetonate, cobalt acetylacetonate, copper acetylacetonate, titanium acet
  • aluminum tris (acetylacetonate), aluminum tris (ethylacetoacetate), magnesium bis (acetylacetonate), magnesium bis (ethylacetoacetate), and zirconium tetraacetylacetonate are preferred, and storage stability Considering availability, aluminum tris (acetylacetonate) and aluminum tris (ethyl acetoacetate) are particularly preferable.
  • the total content of the curing agent is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the transparent resin. More preferably, it is 0.01 parts by mass to 0.5 parts by mass.
  • the viscosity of the transparent resin coating solution is preferably adjusted from the viewpoint of forming a thick and permeable film.
  • the specific viscosity range is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably 1.2 to 15 mPa ⁇ s, and particularly preferably 1.5 to 6 mPa ⁇ s. .
  • the viscosity value in this specification shall be based on the following measuring method. Measurement method Measured at room temperature (about 25 ° C.) using an E-type viscometer “TV-20 type viscometer / corn plate type TVE-20L” (manufactured by Toki Sangyo). Sampling is the average of the values measured for viscosity 5 times every 100 seconds.
  • the method for producing the low refractive index layer is not particularly limited, but the low refractive index is obtained by applying a coating solution containing the above-described transparent resin such as siloxane resin or fluorine resin on the black layer, and performing heat treatment as necessary.
  • the method of forming a layer is mentioned.
  • a spin coating method, a dip coating method, a roller blade method, a spray method, or the like can be applied.
  • the conditions for the heat treatment are not particularly limited, but are preferably 50 ° C. or higher, more preferably 65 ° C. or higher, and further preferably 70 ° C. or higher.
  • the said heating time is not specifically limited, It is preferable that it is 0.5 to 60 minutes, and it is more preferable that it is 1 to 10 minutes.
  • the method for the heat treatment is not particularly limited, and it can be heated by a hot plate, an oven, a furnace, or the like.
  • an inert atmosphere, an oxidizing atmosphere, or the like can be used.
  • the inert atmosphere can be realized by an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium and argon.
  • the oxidizing atmosphere can be realized by a mixed gas of these inert gas and oxidizing gas, or air may be used.
  • the oxidizing gas include oxygen, carbon monoxide, and oxygen dinitride.
  • the heating step can be carried out under pressure, normal pressure, reduced pressure, or vacuum.
  • ⁇ Method of forming light shielding film in pattern> When the light shielding film of the present invention is formed in a pattern, the above-described method for producing the black layer in a pattern and the method for forming the low refractive index layer in a pattern can be appropriately combined.
  • a black layer forming composition and a low refractive index layer forming composition are both made into a photocurable composition containing a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound. The method of patterning simultaneously is mentioned.
  • a black layer is formed in a pattern
  • a low refractive index layer is formed on the black layer so as to cover the patterned black layer
  • a resist film is further disposed on the low refractive index layer for pattern exposure.
  • developing to form a resist pattern on the low refractive index layer and then dry etching using the resist pattern as a mask so that the low refractive index layer remains on the patterned black layer.
  • a method for forming a pattern by dry etching for example, methods described in JP2013-64993A and JP2010-134352A can be referred to.
  • the solid-state imaging device 2 includes a CMOS sensor 3 as a solid-state imaging device, a circuit board 4 on which the CMOS sensor 3 is mounted, and a ceramic ceramic substrate 5 that holds the circuit board 4. And.
  • the solid-state image pickup device 2 is held on a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6 that cuts infrared light (IR) toward the CMOS sensor 3, a photographing lens 7, and a lens holder 8 that holds the photographing lens 7. And a holding cylinder 9 that holds the lens holder 8 movably.
  • a CCD sensor or an organic CMOS sensor may be provided instead of the CMOS sensor 3.
  • the ceramic substrate 5 has an opening 5 a into which the CMOS sensor 3 is inserted, has a frame shape, and surrounds the side surface of the CMOS sensor 3.
  • the circuit board 4 on which the CMOS sensor 3 is mounted is fixed to the ceramic substrate 5 with an adhesive (for example, an epoxy adhesive, the same applies hereinafter).
  • an adhesive for example, an epoxy adhesive, the same applies hereinafter.
  • Various circuit patterns are formed on the circuit board 4.
  • a reflection film that reflects infrared light is formed on a plate-like glass or blue glass, and the surface on which the reflection film is formed becomes the incident surface 6a.
  • the IR cut filter 6 is formed in a size slightly larger than the opening 5a, and is fixed to the ceramic substrate 5 with an adhesive so as to cover the opening 5a.
  • a CMOS sensor 3 is disposed behind the photographing lens 7 (downward in FIGS. 3 and 4), and an IR cut filter 6 is disposed between the photographing lens 7 and the CMOS sensor 3. The subject light enters the light receiving surface of the CMOS sensor 3 through the photographing lens 7 and the IR cut filter 6. At this time, the infrared light is cut by the IR cut filter 6.
  • the circuit board 4 is connected to a control unit provided in an electronic device (for example, a digital camera) on which the solid-state imaging device 2 is mounted, and power is supplied from the electronic device to the solid-state imaging device 2.
  • an electronic device for example, a digital camera
  • CMOS sensor 3 a large number of color pixels are two-dimensionally arranged on the light receiving surface, and each color pixel photoelectrically converts incident light and accumulates generated signal charges.
  • the light shielding film (light shielding layer) 11 described above is arranged over the entire circumference at the end of the incident surface 6 a of the IR cut filter 6, and infrared light with a light shielding film is provided.
  • a cut filter is formed.
  • the reflected light R1 emitted from the photographing lens 7 and reflected by the front surface (the upper surface in FIGS. 3 and 4) of the ceramic substrate 5 is incident on the CMOS sensor 3 after being repeatedly reflected and refracted in the device, When the reflected light R2 reflected from the inner wall surface of the lens holder 8 emitted from the lens 7 enters the CMOS sensor 3, flare occurs in the captured image.
  • the light shielding film 11 shields harmful light such as reflected light R ⁇ b> 1 and R ⁇ b> 2 toward the CMOS sensor 3.
  • the light shielding film 11 is applied by, for example, spin coating or spray coating. 3 and 4, the thickness of the light shielding film 11 is exaggerated.
  • FIG. 5 shows a solid-state imaging device 20 according to the second embodiment.
  • the solid-state imaging device 20 includes a CMOS sensor 3, a circuit board 4, a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6, a photographing lens 7, a lens holder 8, and a holding cylinder 9.
  • the above-described light shielding film (light shielding layer) 21 is formed on the side end face of the IR cut filter 6 over the entire circumference.
  • the light shielding film 21 shields harmful light such as reflected light R ⁇ b> 3 directed toward the CMOS sensor 3.
  • FIG. 6 shows a solid-state imaging device 30 according to the third embodiment.
  • the solid-state imaging device 30 includes a CMOS sensor 3, a circuit board 4, a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6, a photographing lens 7, a lens holder 8, and a holding cylinder 9.
  • the light-shielding film (light-shielding layer) 31 described above is formed on the end and side end surfaces of the incident surface 6a of the IR cut filter 6 over the entire circumference. That is, the first and second embodiments are combined. In this embodiment, since the light shielding performance is higher than in the first and second embodiments, the occurrence of flare is reliably suppressed.
  • FIG. 7 shows a solid-state imaging device 40 according to the fourth embodiment.
  • the solid-state imaging device 40 includes a CMOS sensor 3, a circuit board 4, a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6, a photographing lens 7, a lens holder 8, and a holding cylinder 9.
  • the light-shielding film (light-shielding layer) 31 described above is formed on the end and side end surfaces of the incident surface 6a of the IR cut filter 6 over the entire circumference.
  • a light shielding film (light shielding layer) 41 is formed on the inner wall surface of the ceramic substrate 5.
  • the above-described light-shielding film (light-shielding layer) can also be disposed in a part of the CMOS sensor 3 shown in FIG. 3, and this is preferable because the occurrence of flare is suppressed in such applications.
  • a uniform aqueous solution was obtained by the treatment.
  • This aqueous solution was filled in a quartz container and heated to 920 ° C. in an oxygen atmosphere using a small rotary kiln (manufactured by Motoyama Co., Ltd.). Thereafter, the atmosphere in the small rotary kiln was replaced with nitrogen, and nitriding reduction treatment was carried out by flowing ammonia gas at 100 mL / min for 5 hours at the same temperature. After the completion, the recovered powder was pulverized in a mortar to obtain a powdery titanium black (A-1) containing titanium atoms (A-1) containing titanium atoms and having a specific surface area of 85 m 2 / g.
  • TB dispersion 1 ⁇ Preparation of titanium black dispersion (TB dispersion 1)> According to the production method of paragraphs 0338 to 0340 of JP 2010-106268 A, a specific resin 2 represented by the following formula was obtained.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the specific resin 2 was 40000, the acid value was 100 mgKOH / g, and the number of graft chain atoms (excluding hydrogen atoms) was 117.
  • composition I Components shown in the following composition I were mixed for 15 minutes using a stirrer (EUROSTAR manufactured by IKA) to obtain a mixture a.
  • Composition I -Titanium black (A-1) obtained as described above-25 parts by mass-30% by mass solution of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate in specific resin 2-25 parts by mass-Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA ) (Solvent): 23 parts by mass / Butyl acetate (Solvent): 27 parts by mass
  • the obtained dispersion a was subjected to a dispersion treatment under the following conditions using NPM-Pilot manufactured by Shinmaru Enterprises Co., Ltd., and a titanium black dispersion (hereinafter referred to as TB dispersion 1). Got.
  • a black layer forming composition 1 was prepared by mixing the following components.
  • TB dispersion 1 43.4 parts by mass Cyclomer P (ACA) 230AA (binder polymer; solid content 54%) manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd. 13.2 parts by mass KAYARAD DPHA (polymerizable compound) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. 7.1 parts by mass KAYARAD RP-1040 (polymerizable compound) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • composition 1 for forming a low refractive index layer was prepared by mixing the following components.
  • the composition 1 for forming a low refractive index layer contained a particle aggregate (beaded colloidal silica) in which a plurality of silica particles continued in a chain.
  • Low refractive dispersion B-1 75.3 parts by mass
  • Surfactant 1 0.1 part by mass of 10 mass% PGMEA solution of F-781F (fluorinated polymer type surfactant) manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • Organic solvent 1 Ethyl lactate 24.6 parts by mass
  • composition 2 for forming a low refractive index layer was prepared by mixing the following components.
  • -Low refractive resin B-2 6.3 parts by mass-Surfactant 2:
  • EMUL-020 Emulsogen COL-020 (Anionic surfactant, manufactured by Clariant Co., Ltd.)
  • 0.5 parts by mass Organic solvent 3 93.2 parts by mass of 2-heptanone
  • the beaded colloidal silica contained in the low refractive dispersion B-1 was changed to hollow particles, and the others were performed in the same manner.
  • the hydrolyzate of silicon alkoxide (A) and silicon alkoxide (B) and the silica of the hollow particles are used in such a ratio that the hollow particles become 200 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of SiO 2 in the hydrolyzate.
  • the composition was obtained by stirring and mixing.
  • composition 3 for forming a low refractive index layer was prepared by mixing the following components.
  • Examples 1 to 3 Production of light shielding film (part 1)> After apply
  • the low refractive index layer-forming compositions 1 to 3 were applied onto the obtained black layer using a spin coater so as to obtain an average film thickness of the low refractive index layer shown in Table 1 described later. Then, the low refractive index layer was formed by implementing a drying process at 100 degreeC / 120sec with a hotplate, and the light shielding film was manufactured.
  • the refractive index of the low refractive index layer obtained from the low refractive index layer forming compositions 1 to 3 was measured as follows.
  • the low refractive index layer-forming compositions 1 to 3 were each applied to an 8-inch silicon wafer by spin coating, and then the coating film was heated on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Furthermore, the coating film was heated on a hot plate at 230 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a low refractive index layer (film thickness: 0.1 ⁇ m).
  • the refractive index of the low refractive index layer with respect to light having a wavelength of 850 nm and 940 nm was measured on the silicon wafer with a low refractive index layer obtained above using ellipsometry manufactured by JA Woollam Japan.
  • ⁇ Preparation of light shielding film (part 2)>
  • the black layer-forming composition 1 prepared above is applied to the incident surface of the IR cut filter by a coater / developer ACT (made by TEL) by spin coating, and then heat-treated for 120 seconds using a 100 ° C. hot plate. By performing (pre-baking), a coating film was formed. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), the coating film was subjected to pattern exposure in a frame shape with an exposure amount of 200 mJ / cm 2 through a mask.
  • the coater / developer ACT and the organic alkaline developer CD-2060 manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials
  • Paddle development was performed for 60 seconds at room temperature.
  • the coating film is rinsed with pure water for 20 seconds in a spin shower, and further washed with pure water with respect to the coating film, and then heated for 300 seconds using a 200 ° C. hot plate ( By performing post-baking, a black layer having a frame pattern of 7.0 mm ⁇ 5.0 mm and a width of 0.7 mm was formed on the IR cut filter to produce an IR cut filter with a frame pattern.
  • a positive photoresist “FHi622BC” (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) is applied with a spin coater, and heat treatment is performed at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes, and the film thickness is 1.0 ⁇ m. A photoresist layer was formed to a thickness. Next, pattern exposure of 250 mJ / cm 2 was performed on the photoresist layer with an i-line stepper (manufactured by Canon Inc., FPA3000i5 +), followed by heat treatment at 110 ° C. for 1 minute. .
  • ⁇ Dry etching conditions removal of low refractive index layer>
  • Equipment used Dry etching chamber use treatment parameters of U-621 (Single wafer dry etching, ashing equipment) manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation Pressure: 2.0 Pa
  • Gas used: Ar / C 4 F 6 / O 2 1000 mL / min / 20 mL / min / 50 mL / min Processing temperature: 20 ° C
  • Upper bias / electrode bias 500 W / 1000 W Processing time: 220 sec
  • the “black pigment content” column represents the content (mass%) of the black pigment relative to the total mass of the black layer.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Optical Elements Other Than Lenses (AREA)
  • Lens Barrels (AREA)
  • Blocking Light For Cameras (AREA)
  • Surface Treatment Of Optical Elements (AREA)
  • Studio Devices (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides: a light-shielding film exhibiting excellent shielding of visible light, and capable of suppressing flaring when positioned in a solid-state imaging device; a light-shielding film-equipped infrared cut-off filter; and a solid-state imaging device. A light-shielding film according to the present invention and containing at least a black-colored layer, wherein the black pigment content contained in the black-colored layer constitutes 20-60 mass% relative to the total mass of the black-colored layer, the reflectance of light of at least one wavelength selected from within the wavelength range of 800-1,000nm is 3.0% or less, and the transmittance at a wavelength of 400-750nm is 50% or less.

Description

遮光膜、遮光膜付き赤外光カットフィルタ、及び、固体撮像装置Light shielding film, infrared light cut filter with light shielding film, and solid-state imaging device
 本発明は、遮光膜、遮光膜付き赤外光カットフィルタ、及び、固体撮像装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a light shielding film, an infrared light cut filter with a light shielding film, and a solid-state imaging device.
 固体撮像装置は、撮影レンズと、この撮影レンズの背後に配されるCCD(電荷結合素子)及びCMOS(相補性金属酸化膜半導体)等の固体撮像素子と、この固体撮像素子が実装される回路基板とを備える。この固体撮像装置は、デジタルカメラ、カメラ付き携帯電話、及び、スマートフォン等に搭載される。
 固体撮像装置においては、斜め方向からの入射光、及び/又は、乱反射した入射光により、フレアと呼ばれる現象が誘起される。
 そこで、特許文献1においては、固体撮像装置内に遮光膜を設けることにより、フレアの発生の抑制を図っている。なお、使用される遮光膜は、カーボンブラックを含む黒色着色感光性組成物より形成される。
A solid-state imaging device includes a photographing lens, a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD (charge coupled device) and a CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) disposed behind the photographing lens, and a circuit on which the solid-state imaging device is mounted. A substrate. This solid-state imaging device is mounted on a digital camera, a camera-equipped mobile phone, a smartphone, and the like.
In a solid-state imaging device, a phenomenon called flare is induced by incident light from an oblique direction and / or incident light that has been irregularly reflected.
Therefore, in Patent Document 1, flare generation is suppressed by providing a light shielding film in the solid-state imaging device. In addition, the light shielding film used is formed from the black coloring photosensitive composition containing carbon black.
特開2011-107588号公報JP 2011-107588 A
 一方、近年、固体撮像装置の性能向上の要求に伴い、使用される遮光膜の性能に関してもより一層の向上が求められている。より具体的には、可視光の遮光性のより一層の向上のみならず、固体撮像装置内に遮光膜を配置した際にフレアの発生のより一層の抑制が求められている。
 本発明者らは、特許文献1に具体的に記載されるカーボンブラックを含む組成物より形成される遮光膜の性能について検討を行ったところ、昨今要求される上記特性を十分には有しておらず、更なる向上が必要であることが知見された。
On the other hand, in recent years, with the demand for improvement in the performance of solid-state imaging devices, further improvement has been demanded regarding the performance of the light shielding film used. More specifically, there is a demand not only for further improving the light-shielding property of visible light but also for further suppressing flare generation when a light-shielding film is disposed in the solid-state imaging device.
The present inventors have examined the performance of a light-shielding film formed from a composition containing carbon black specifically described in Patent Document 1, and have sufficiently possessed the characteristics required recently. It was found that further improvement is necessary.
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みて、可視光の遮光性に優れ、かつ、固体撮像装置内に配置した際にフレアの発生がより抑制される遮光膜を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、上記遮光膜を有する、遮光膜付き赤外光カットフィルタ及び固体撮像装置を提供することも課題とする。
In view of the above circumstances, it is an object of the present invention to provide a light-shielding film that has excellent light-shielding properties for visible light and that can further suppress the occurrence of flare when placed in a solid-state imaging device.
Another object of the present invention is to provide an infrared light cut filter with a light-shielding film and a solid-state imaging device having the light-shielding film.
 本発明者は、上記課題を達成すべく鋭意研究した結果、所定の光学特性を示す遮光膜を使用することにより、上記課題を解決できることを見出し、本発明を完成させた。
 すなわち、本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記課題が解決できることを見出した。
As a result of earnest research to achieve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventor has found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by using a light-shielding film exhibiting predetermined optical characteristics, and has completed the present invention.
That is, the present inventors have found that the above problem can be solved by the following configuration.
(1) 少なくとも黒色層を含み、
 黒色層中に含まれる黒色顔料の含有量が、黒色層全質量に対して、20~60質量%であり、
 波長800~1000nmの範囲で選択された少なくとも1つの波長の光における反射率が3.0%以下であり、
 波長400~750nmにおける透過率が50%以下である、遮光膜。
(2) さらに、黒色層上に配置された、屈折率1.50以下の低屈折率層を含む、(1)に記載の遮光膜。
(3) 低屈折率層の屈折率が1.30以下である、(2)に記載の遮光膜。
(4) 低屈折率層の平均厚みが50~300nmである、(2)又は(3)に記載の遮光膜。
(5) 低屈折率層が、複数のシリカ粒子が鎖状に連なった粒子凝集体を含む、(2)~(4)のいずれかに記載の遮光膜。
(6) 赤外光カットフィルタと、赤外光カットフィルタの表面上の少なくとも一部に配置された(1)~(5)のいずれかに記載の遮光膜と、を有する、遮光膜付き赤外光カットフィルタ。
(7) (1)~(5)のいずれかに記載の遮光膜を備える、固体撮像装置。
(1) including at least a black layer,
The content of the black pigment contained in the black layer is 20 to 60% by mass with respect to the total mass of the black layer,
The reflectance in light of at least one wavelength selected in the wavelength range of 800 to 1000 nm is 3.0% or less,
A light-shielding film having a transmittance of 50% or less at a wavelength of 400 to 750 nm.
(2) The light shielding film according to (1), further including a low refractive index layer having a refractive index of 1.50 or less, which is disposed on the black layer.
(3) The light shielding film according to (2), wherein the low refractive index layer has a refractive index of 1.30 or less.
(4) The light-shielding film according to (2) or (3), wherein the average thickness of the low refractive index layer is 50 to 300 nm.
(5) The light-shielding film according to any one of (2) to (4), wherein the low refractive index layer contains a particle aggregate in which a plurality of silica particles are chain-connected.
(6) A red with a light-shielding film, comprising: an infrared light cut filter; and the light-shielding film according to any one of (1) to (5) disposed on at least a part of the surface of the infrared light cut filter Outside light cut filter.
(7) A solid-state imaging device comprising the light shielding film according to any one of (1) to (5).
 本発明によれば、可視光の遮光性に優れ、かつ、固体撮像装置内に配置した際にフレアの発生がより抑制される遮光膜を提供することができる。
 また、本発明によれば、上記遮光膜を有する、遮光膜付き赤外光カットフィルタ及び固体撮像装置を提供することできる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a light-shielding film that has excellent light-shielding properties for visible light and that can further suppress the occurrence of flare when placed in a solid-state imaging device.
Moreover, according to this invention, the infrared-light cut filter with a light shielding film and solid-state imaging device which have the said light shielding film can be provided.
本発明の遮光膜の好適実施態様の断面図を表す。1 is a cross-sectional view of a preferred embodiment of a light-shielding film of the present invention. 第1実施形態の固体撮像装置を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the solid-state imaging device of 1st Embodiment. 第1実施形態の固体撮像装置の分解斜視図である。It is a disassembled perspective view of the solid-state imaging device of 1st Embodiment. 第1実施形態の固体撮像装置を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the solid-state imaging device of 1st Embodiment. 第2実施形態の固体撮像装置を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the solid-state imaging device of 2nd Embodiment. 第3実施形態の固体撮像装置を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the solid-state imaging device of 3rd Embodiment. 第4実施形態の固体撮像装置を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the solid-state imaging device of 4th Embodiment.
 以下に、本発明の遮光膜の好適態様について詳述する。
なお、本明細書に於ける基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 また本明細書中における「放射線」は、可視光線、紫外線、遠紫外線、電子線、及び、X線等を含むものを意味する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。なお、本明細書において「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 なお、本明細書において、“(メタ)アクリレート”はアクリレート及びメタアクリレートを表し、“(メタ)アクリル”はアクリル及びメタアクリルを表し、“(メタ)アクリロイル”は、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルを表す。また、本明細書中において、“単量体”と“モノマー”とは同義である。本発明における単量体は、オリゴマー及びポリマーと区別され、重量平均分子量が2,000以下の化合物をいう。本明細書中において、重合性化合物とは、重合性基を有する化合物のことをいい、単量体であっても、ポリマーであってもよい。重合性基とは、重合反応に関与する基をいう。
Below, the suitable aspect of the light shielding film of this invention is explained in full detail.
In addition, in the description of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes the thing which has a substituent with the thing which does not have a substituent. . For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In addition, “radiation” in the present specification means visible light, ultraviolet rays, far ultraviolet rays, electron beams, X-rays and the like.
The description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments. In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” represents acrylate and methacrylate, “(meth) acryl” represents acryl and methacryl, and “(meth) acryloyl” represents acryloyl and methacryloyl. In the present specification, “monomer” and “monomer” are synonymous. The monomer in the present invention is distinguished from oligomers and polymers, and refers to a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In the present specification, the polymerizable compound refers to a compound having a polymerizable group, and may be a monomer or a polymer. The polymerizable group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.
 本発明の遮光膜は、少なくとも黒色層を含み、黒色層中に含まれる黒色顔料の含有量が、黒色層全質量に対して、20~60質量%であり、波長800~1000nmの範囲で選択された少なくとも1つの波長の光における反射率が3.0%以下であり、波長400~750nmにおける透過率が50%以下である。
 遮光膜には、黒色顔料が所定量含まれる黒色層を少なくとも含み、遮光膜全体が所定の反射率及び透過率を示せば、他の層が含まれていてもよい。
 本発明の遮光膜によって所望の効果が得られる理由としては、まず、黒色層が黒色顔料を多く含み、所定の透過率を示すことから、可視光の遮光性が優れる。また、本発明者らは、従来技術にて発生していたフレアが赤外光に由来するものであることを知見して、波長800~1000nmの範囲で選択された少なくとも1つの波長の光における反射率を所定値以下にすることによって、フレアの発生がより抑制されることを知見している。
The light-shielding film of the present invention includes at least a black layer, and the content of the black pigment contained in the black layer is 20 to 60% by mass with respect to the total mass of the black layer, and is selected in the wavelength range of 800 to 1000 nm. The reflectance of the light having at least one wavelength is 3.0% or less, and the transmittance at a wavelength of 400 to 750 nm is 50% or less.
The light shielding film may include at least a black layer containing a predetermined amount of a black pigment, and may include other layers as long as the entire light shielding film exhibits a predetermined reflectance and transmittance.
The reason why a desired effect can be obtained by the light-shielding film of the present invention is that, since the black layer contains a large amount of black pigment and exhibits a predetermined transmittance, the light-shielding property for visible light is excellent. Further, the present inventors have found that the flare generated in the prior art is derived from infrared light, and in the light of at least one wavelength selected in the wavelength range of 800 to 1000 nm. It has been found that the occurrence of flare is further suppressed by setting the reflectance to a predetermined value or less.
 黒色層に含まれる黒色顔料の含有量は、黒色層全質量に対して、20~60質量%であり、遮光膜の遮光性がより優れる点、及び、フレアの発生がより抑制される点の少なくとも一方が満たされる点(以後、単に「本発明の効果がより優れる点」とも称する)で、22.5~57.5質量%が好ましく、27.5~52.5質量%がより好ましい。
 黒色層の平均厚みは特に制限されず、遮光膜全体が所定の反射率及び透過率を示せばよい。なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、0.5~8.0μmが好ましく、1.0~4.0μmがより好ましい。
 上記平均厚みは、黒色層の任意の10点以上の厚みを測定して、それらを算術平均したものである。
 黒色層に含まれる各種成分については、後段で詳述する。
The content of the black pigment contained in the black layer is 20 to 60% by mass with respect to the total mass of the black layer, and the light shielding property of the light shielding film is more excellent, and the occurrence of flare is further suppressed. 22.5 to 57.5% by mass is preferable and 27.5 to 52.5% by mass is more preferable in that at least one of them is satisfied (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “the point where the effect of the present invention is more excellent”).
The average thickness of the black layer is not particularly limited, and it is sufficient that the entire light shielding film exhibits a predetermined reflectance and transmittance. Among these, 0.5 to 8.0 μm is preferable and 1.0 to 4.0 μm is more preferable in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
The average thickness is obtained by measuring the thickness of any 10 or more points of the black layer and arithmetically averaging them.
Various components contained in the black layer will be described in detail later.
 遮光膜の波長800~1000nmの範囲で選択された少なくとも1つの波長の光における反射率は3.0%以下であり、フレアの発生がより抑制される点で、2.0%以下が好ましく、1.0%以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、0%が挙げられる。
 上記反射率の測定方法としては、被測定物である遮光膜に対して入射角度5°で波長800~1000nmの範囲で選択された少なくとも1つの波長の光を入射し、その反射率を日立ハイテクノロジーズ製分光器UV4100(商品名)により測定する。
 なお、上記測定に使用される波長としては、850nmおよび940nmの少なくとも1つの光を用いて測定を行うことが好ましく、850nmおよび940nmの両方の光を用いて測定を行いそれぞれの反射率が上記範囲であることがより好ましい。
The reflectance of light of at least one wavelength selected in the wavelength range of 800 to 1000 nm of the light-shielding film is 3.0% or less, and 2.0% or less is preferable in terms of further suppressing the occurrence of flare. 1.0% or less is more preferable. Although a minimum in particular is not restrict | limited, 0% is mentioned.
As a method for measuring the reflectance, light of at least one wavelength selected in a wavelength range of 800 to 1000 nm is incident on a light shielding film as an object to be measured at an incident angle of 5 °, and the reflectance is measured by Hitachi High. Measured with a spectroscope UV4100 (trade name) manufactured by Technologies.
The wavelength used for the measurement is preferably measured using at least one light of 850 nm and 940 nm, and the measurement is performed using both light of 850 nm and 940 nm, and the respective reflectances are in the above range. It is more preferable that
 遮光膜の波長400~750nmにおける透過率は50%以下であり、遮光膜の遮光性がより優れる点で、10.0%以下が好ましく、2.0%以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、0%が挙げられる。
 上記透過率の測定方法としては、遮光膜をガラス基板上に作製し、日立ハイテクノロジーズ製分光器UV4100を用いて、入射角度0°で波長400~750nmの透過率を測定する。
The transmittance of the light-shielding film at a wavelength of 400 to 750 nm is 50% or less, and 10.0% or less is preferable and 2.0% or less is more preferable in that the light-shielding property of the light-shielding film is more excellent. Although a minimum in particular is not restrict | limited, 0% is mentioned.
As a method for measuring the transmittance, a light-shielding film is formed on a glass substrate, and transmittance at a wavelength of 400 to 750 nm is measured at an incident angle of 0 ° using a spectroscope UV4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies.
 遮光膜は、上記黒色層を有し、かつ、所定の光学特性を示せばその構造は特に制限されないが、遮光膜の好適実施態様の一つとして、上述した黒色層と、黒色層上に配置された、屈折率1.50以下の低屈折率層とを含む態様が挙げられる。この態様においては、低屈折率層表面で反射される光と、低屈折率層と黒色層との界面で反射される光とが干渉により打ち消されて、低反射性が実現される。
 具体的には、図1に示すように、黒色層52と、低屈折率層54とを有する遮光膜50が挙げられる。
The light shielding film has the black layer and the structure thereof is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits predetermined optical characteristics. And a low refractive index layer having a refractive index of 1.50 or less. In this aspect, the light reflected at the surface of the low refractive index layer and the light reflected at the interface between the low refractive index layer and the black layer are canceled out by interference, thereby realizing low reflectivity.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 1, a light shielding film 50 having a black layer 52 and a low refractive index layer 54 is exemplified.
 低屈折率層は、上述した黒色層上に配置される層である。
 低屈折率層は、屈折率1.50以下の層であり、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、屈折率は1.45以下が好ましく、1.4以下がより好ましく、1.3以下がさらに好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、通常、1.1以上の場合が多い。
 屈折率の測定は、シリコン基板(シリコンウエハ)上に平均厚み約0.1μmの低屈折率層を配置して、ジェー・エー・ウーラム・ジャパン社製エリプソメーター(VASE)を用いて、波長800~1000nmの範囲で選択された少なくとも1つの波長の光に対する屈折率を測定する。
 なお、上記測定に使用される波長としては、850nmおよび940nmの少なくとも1つの光を用いて測定を行うことが好ましく、850nmおよび940nmの両方の光を用いて測定を行いそれぞれの屈折率が上記範囲であることがより好ましい。
A low refractive index layer is a layer arrange | positioned on the black layer mentioned above.
The low refractive index layer is a layer having a refractive index of 1.50 or less, and the refractive index is preferably 1.45 or less, more preferably 1.4 or less, and 1.3 or less in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. Further preferred. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is usually 1.1 or more in many cases.
The refractive index is measured by placing a low refractive index layer having an average thickness of about 0.1 μm on a silicon substrate (silicon wafer) and using an ellipsometer (VASE) manufactured by JA Woollam Japan Co., Ltd., with a wavelength of 800 Measure the refractive index for light of at least one wavelength selected in the range of ~ 1000 nm.
The wavelength used for the measurement is preferably measured using at least one light of 850 nm and 940 nm, and the refractive index is measured using both light of 850 nm and 940 nm. It is more preferable that
 低屈折率層の平均厚み(平均物理膜厚)は特に制限されないが、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、50~300nmが好ましく、100~250nmがより好ましく、150~200nmがさらに好ましい。
 上記平均厚みは、低屈折率層の任意の10点以上の厚みを測定して、それらを算術平均したものである。
 低屈折率層を構成する材料に関しては、後段で詳述する。
The average thickness (average physical film thickness) of the low refractive index layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 50 to 300 nm, more preferably from 100 to 250 nm, and even more preferably from 150 to 200 nm from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
The average thickness is obtained by measuring the thickness of any 10 or more points of the low refractive index layer and arithmetically averaging them.
The material constituting the low refractive index layer will be described in detail later.
 低屈折率層の光学膜厚は特に制限されないが、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、50~540nmが好ましく、100~450nmがより好ましく、150~360nmがさらに好ましい。
 なお、上記光学膜厚は、低屈折率層の上記平均厚み(平均物理膜厚)と上記屈折率との積で表される値である
The optical film thickness of the low refractive index layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 50 to 540 nm, more preferably from 100 to 450 nm, and even more preferably from 150 to 360 nm from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
The optical film thickness is a value represented by the product of the average thickness (average physical film thickness) of the low refractive index layer and the refractive index.
 以下、上記で述べた、黒色層及び低屈折率層について詳述する。 Hereinafter, the black layer and the low refractive index layer described above will be described in detail.
<<黒色層>>
 黒色層は、黒色顔料を含む層であり、上述したように、黒色顔料の含有量が上記範囲内であれば、含まれる成分は特に制限されない。
 なかでも、黒色層の製造が容易である点から、黒色顔料、分散剤、及び、溶剤を含む黒色層形成用組成物(以後、単に「組成物」「本発明の組成物」とも称する)を用いて形成される黒色層であることが好ましい。また、組成物には、他の成分(例えば、重合性化合物、バインダーポリマー、又は、重合開始剤)が含まれていてもよい。
 以下、黒色層の形成に用いられる黒色層形成用組成物に含まれる各成分について詳述する。
<< Black layer >>
A black layer is a layer containing a black pigment, and as described above, the content of the black pigment is not particularly limited as long as the content of the black pigment is within the above range.
Among these, a black layer-forming composition containing a black pigment, a dispersant, and a solvent (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “composition” or “composition of the present invention”) from the viewpoint of easy production of a black layer. It is preferable that it is a black layer formed using. Moreover, the other component (For example, a polymeric compound, a binder polymer, or a polymerization initiator) may be contained in the composition.
Hereinafter, each component contained in the composition for black layer formation used for formation of a black layer is explained in full detail.
<黒色顔料>
 黒色顔料は、各種公知の黒色顔料を用いることができる。特に、少量で高い光学濃度を実現できる観点から、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック、酸化チタン、酸化鉄、酸化マンガン、及び、グラファイト等が好ましく、なかでも、カーボンブラック、及び、チタンブラックのうちの少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、特にチタンブラックが好ましい。
 より具体的には、市販品である、C.I.Pigment Black 1等の有機顔料、及び、Pigment Black 7等の無機顔料も用いることができる。
<Black pigment>
Various known black pigments can be used as the black pigment. In particular, from the viewpoint of realizing a high optical density with a small amount, carbon black, titanium black, titanium oxide, iron oxide, manganese oxide, graphite and the like are preferable, and among them, at least one of carbon black and titanium black is preferable. It is preferable to include seeds, and titanium black is particularly preferable.
More specifically, C.I. I. Organic pigments such as Pigment Black 1 and inorganic pigments such as Pigment Black 7 can also be used.
 黒色顔料は、チタンブラックを含有することが好ましい。
 チタンブラックとは、チタン原子を含有する黒色粒子である。好ましくは低次酸化チタン及び酸窒化チタン等である。チタンブラック粒子は、分散性向上及び凝集性抑制などの目的で必要に応じ、表面を修飾することが可能である。例えば、酸化ケイ素、酸化チタン、酸化ゲルマニウム、酸化アルミニウム、酸化マグネシウム、又は、酸化ジルコニウムでチタンブラック粒子を被覆することが可能であり、また、特開2007-302836号公報に表されるような撥水性物質での処理も可能である。
 チタンブラックは、典型的には、チタンブラック粒子であり、個々の粒子の一次粒径及び平均一次粒径のいずれもが小さいものであることが好ましい。
 具体的には、平均一次粒径で10nm~45nmの範囲のものが好ましい。なお、本発明における粒径、即ち、粒子直径とは、粒子の外表面の投影面積と等しい面積をもつ円の直径である。粒子の投影面積は、電子顕微鏡写真での撮影により得られた面積を測定し、撮影倍率を補正することにより得られる。
The black pigment preferably contains titanium black.
Titanium black is black particles containing titanium atoms. Preferred are low-order titanium oxide and titanium oxynitride. The surface of titanium black particles can be modified as necessary for the purpose of improving dispersibility and suppressing aggregation. For example, it is possible to coat titanium black particles with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide, and repellent properties as disclosed in JP-A-2007-302836. Treatment with an aqueous material is also possible.
The titanium black is typically titanium black particles, and it is preferable that both the primary particle size and the average primary particle size of each particle are small.
Specifically, the average primary particle size is preferably in the range of 10 nm to 45 nm. In the present invention, the particle diameter, that is, the particle diameter is a diameter of a circle having an area equal to the projected area of the outer surface of the particle. The projected area of the particles can be obtained by measuring the area obtained by photographing with an electron micrograph and correcting the photographing magnification.
 チタンブラックの比表面積は特に制限されないが、かかるチタンブラックを撥水化剤で表面処理した後の撥水性が所定の性能となるために、BET法にて測定した値が通常5m/g以上150m/g以下程度であり、20m/g以上100m/g以下であることが好ましい。
 チタンブラックの市販品の例としては、チタンブラック10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R、13R-N、13M-T(商品名:以上、三菱マテリアル(株)製)、ティラック(Tilack)D(商品名:赤穂化成(株)製)などが挙げられる。
The specific surface area of the titanium black is not particularly limited, but the water repellency after the surface treatment of the titanium black with a water repellent agent has a predetermined performance. Therefore, the value measured by the BET method is usually 5 m 2 / g or more. It is about 150 m 2 / g or less, preferably 20 m 2 / g or more and 100 m 2 / g or less.
Examples of commercially available titanium black products include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R, 13R-N, 13M-T (trade names: above, manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilac ( Tilac) D (trade name: manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.).
 さらに、チタンブラックを、チタンブラック及びSi(珪素)原子を含む被分散体として含有することも好ましい。
 この形態において、チタンブラックは、組成物中において被分散体として含有されるものであり、被分散体中のSi原子とTi(チタン)原子との含有比(Si/Ti)が質量換算で0.05以上であることが好ましい。
 ここで、上記被分散体は、チタンブラックが一次粒子の状態であるもの、凝集体(二次粒子)の状態であるものの双方を包含する。
 なお、本発明における被分散体中のSi原子とTi原子との含有比(Si/Ti)は、0.5以下において被分散体を使用した顔料分散液の製造がしやすくなる傾向となるため、その上限は0.5であることが好ましい。
 また、被分散体を使用した黒色層を光リソグラフィー等によりパターニングした際に、除去部に残渣が残りにくく、遮光能が優れる点で、被分散体のSi/Tiは、0.05以上0.5以下であることがより好ましく、0.07以上0.4以下であることがさらに好ましい。
 被分散体のSi/Tiを変更する(例えば、0.05以上とする)ためには、以下のような手段を用いることができる。
 先ず、酸化チタンとシリカ粒子とを分散機を用いて分散することにより混合物を得て、この混合物を高温(例えば、850~1000℃)にて還元処理することにより、チタンブラック粒子を主成分とし、SiとTiとを含有する被分散体を得ることができる。
 ここで、被分散体のSi/Tiを変更するための具体的な態様について説明する。
 Si/Tiが、例えば、0.05以上等に調整されたチタンブラックは、例えば、特開2008-266045公報の段落〔0005〕及び段落〔0016〕~〔0021〕に記載の方法により作製することができる。
Furthermore, it is also preferable to contain titanium black as a dispersion containing titanium black and Si (silicon) atoms.
In this form, titanium black is contained as a dispersion in the composition, and the content ratio (Si / Ti) of Si atoms and Ti (titanium) atoms in the dispersion is 0 in terms of mass. .05 or more is preferable.
Here, the to-be-dispersed bodies include both those in which titanium black is in the state of primary particles and those in the state of aggregates (secondary particles).
In addition, since the content ratio (Si / Ti) of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion in the present invention is 0.5 or less, it tends to be easy to produce a pigment dispersion using the dispersion. The upper limit is preferably 0.5.
Further, when the black layer using the object to be dispersed is patterned by photolithography or the like, Si / Ti of the object to be dispersed is 0.05 or more and 0.0. It is more preferably 5 or less, and further preferably 0.07 or more and 0.4 or less.
In order to change the Si / Ti of the object to be dispersed (for example, 0.05 or more), the following means can be used.
First, a mixture is obtained by dispersing titanium oxide and silica particles using a disperser, and the mixture is subjected to reduction treatment at a high temperature (for example, 850 to 1000 ° C.) to thereby mainly contain titanium black particles. Thus, a dispersion containing Si and Ti can be obtained.
Here, the specific aspect for changing Si / Ti of a to-be-dispersed body is demonstrated.
Titanium black whose Si / Ti is adjusted to 0.05 or more, for example, is prepared by the method described in paragraphs [0005] and [0016] to [0021] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-266045, for example. Can do.
 本発明においては、チタンブラック及びSi原子を含む被分散体中のSi原子とTi原子との含有比(Si/Ti)を好適な範囲(例えば0.05以上)に調整することで、この被分散体を含む組成物を用いて黒色層を形成した際に、黒色層の形成領域外における組成物由来の残渣物が低減される。なお、残渣物は、チタンブラック粒子、及び/又は、樹脂成分等の組成物に由来する成分を含むものである。
 残渣物が低減される理由は未だ明確ではないが、上記のような被分散体は小粒径となる傾向があり(例えば、粒径が30nm以下)、さらに、この被分散体のSi原子が含まれる成分が増すことにより、膜全体の下地との吸着性が低減され、これが、黒色層の形成における未硬化の組成物(特に、チタンブラック)の現像除去性の向上に寄与すると推測している。
 また、チタンブラックは、紫外光から赤外光までの広範囲に亘る波長領域の光に対する遮光性に優れることから、上記したチタンブラック及びSi原子を含む被分散体(好ましくはSi/Tiが質量換算で0.05以上であるもの)を用いて形成された黒色層は優れた遮光性を発揮する。
 なお、被分散体中のSi原子とTi原子との含有比(Si/Ti)は、例えば、特開2013-249417号公報の段落0033に記載の方法(1-1)又は方法(1-2)を用いて測定できる。
 また、組成物を硬化して得られた黒色層に含有される被分散体について、その被分散体中のSi原子とTi原子との含有比(Si/Ti)が0.05以上か否かを判断するには、特開2013-249417号公報の段落0035に記載の方法(2)を用いる。
In the present invention, by adjusting the content ratio (Si / Ti) of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms to a suitable range (for example, 0.05 or more), this coverage is achieved. When a black layer is formed using a composition containing a dispersion, a residue derived from the composition outside the black layer formation region is reduced. In addition, a residue contains the component derived from compositions, such as a titanium black particle and / or a resin component.
The reason why the residue is reduced is not yet clear, but the above-mentioned dispersed material tends to have a small particle size (for example, the particle size is 30 nm or less). By increasing the amount of components contained, the adsorptivity of the entire film with the underlying layer is reduced, and this is presumed to contribute to the improvement of development removal of uncured compositions (particularly titanium black) in the formation of black layers. Yes.
In addition, titanium black is excellent in light-shielding property for light in a wide wavelength range from ultraviolet light to infrared light. Therefore, the above-described dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms (preferably Si / Ti is in terms of mass) And a black layer formed using a material having a thickness of 0.05 or more exhibits excellent light shielding properties.
The content ratio (Si / Ti) of Si atoms to Ti atoms in the dispersion is, for example, the method (1-1) or the method (1-2) described in paragraph 0033 of JP2013-249417A ).
Whether or not the content ratio (Si / Ti) of Si atoms and Ti atoms in the dispersion is 0.05 or more with respect to the dispersion to be contained in the black layer obtained by curing the composition Is determined by using the method (2) described in paragraph 0035 of JP2013-249417A.
 チタンブラック及びSi原子を含む被分散体において、チタンブラックは、上記したものを使用できる。
 また、この被分散体においては、チタンブラックと共に、分散性及び着色性等を調整する目的で、Cu、Fe、Mn、V、及び、Ni等の複合酸化物、酸化コバルト、酸化鉄、カーボンブラック、及び、アニリンブラック等からなる黒色顔料を、1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて、被分散体として併用してもよい。
 この場合、全被分散体中の50質量%以上をチタンブラックからなる被分散体が占めることが好ましい。
 また、この被分散体においては、遮光性の調整等を目的として、本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて、チタンブラックと共に、他の着色剤(有機顔料や染料など)を所望により併用してもよい。
 以下、被分散体にSi原子を導入する際に用いられる材料について述べる。被分散体にSi原子を導入する際には、シリカなどのSi含有物質を用いればよい。
 用いうるシリカとしては、例えば、沈降シリカ、フュームドシリカ、コロイダルシリカ、合成シリカなどを挙げることができ、これらを適宜選択して使用すればよい。
 さらに、シリカ粒子の粒径が黒色層を形成した際に膜厚よりも小さい粒径であると遮光性がより優れるため、シリカ粒子として微粒子タイプのシリカを用いることが好ましい。なお、微粒子タイプのシリカの例としては、例えば、特開2013-249417号公報の段落0039に記載のシリカが挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 本発明の組成物は、チタンブラックを1種のみを含有するものであってもよく、2種以上を含有してもよい。
In the dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms, the above-described titanium black can be used.
Moreover, in this to-be-dispersed body, in addition to titanium black, for the purpose of adjusting dispersibility and coloring properties, complex oxides such as Cu, Fe, Mn, V and Ni, cobalt oxide, iron oxide, carbon black Further, a black pigment composed of aniline black or the like may be used in combination as a dispersion to be used alone or in combination of two or more.
In this case, it is preferable that 50% by mass or more of the total dispersion is occupied by the dispersion made of titanium black.
In addition, in this dispersion, for the purpose of adjusting the light shielding property, other colorants (such as organic pigments and dyes) may be used in combination with titanium black as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Good.
Hereinafter, materials used for introducing Si atoms into the dispersion will be described. When Si atoms are introduced into the dispersion, a Si-containing material such as silica may be used.
Examples of silica that can be used include precipitated silica, fumed silica, colloidal silica, and synthetic silica. These may be appropriately selected and used.
Furthermore, when the particle size of the silica particles is smaller than the film thickness when the black layer is formed, the light shielding property is more excellent. Therefore, it is preferable to use fine particle type silica as the silica particles. Examples of the fine particle type silica include silica described in paragraph 0039 of JP2013-249417A, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of titanium black, or may contain two or more types.
 本発明の組成物は、黒色顔料に加えて、必要に応じて体質顔料を含んでいてもよい。このような体質顔料としては、例えば、硫酸バリウム、炭酸バリウム、炭酸カルシウム、シリカ、塩基性炭酸マグネシウム、アルミナ白、グロス白、チタンホワイト、及び、ハイドロタルサイト等を挙げることができる。これらの体質顔料は、単独で又は2種以上を混合して使用することができる。体質顔料の使用量は、黒色顔料100質量部に対して、通常、0~100質量部、好ましくは5~50質量部、より好ましくは10~40質量部である。本発明において、黒色顔料及び体質顔料は、場合により、それらの表面をポリマーで改質して使用することができる。
 また、黒色顔料に加えて、必要に応じて赤色、青色、黄色、緑色、及び、紫色等の着色有機顔料を含んでいてもよい。着色有機顔料を併用する場合としては、赤色顔料を黒色顔料に対して1~40質量%用いることが好ましく、赤色顔料としてはピグメントレッド254であることが好ましい。
The composition of the present invention may contain extender pigments as necessary in addition to black pigments. Examples of such extender pigments include barium sulfate, barium carbonate, calcium carbonate, silica, basic magnesium carbonate, alumina white, gloss white, titanium white, and hydrotalcite. These extender pigments can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. The amount of extender used is usually 0 to 100 parts by weight, preferably 5 to 50 parts by weight, and more preferably 10 to 40 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the black pigment. In the present invention, the black pigment and extender pigment can be used after the surface thereof is modified with a polymer in some cases.
Moreover, in addition to a black pigment, you may contain colored organic pigments, such as red, blue, yellow, green, and purple, as needed. When the colored organic pigment is used in combination, it is preferable to use 1 to 40% by mass of the red pigment with respect to the black pigment, and it is preferable to use Pigment Red 254 as the red pigment.
<分散剤>
 本発明の組成物は、分散剤を含有することが好ましい。分散剤は、上述したチタンブラックなどの黒色顔料の分散性向上に寄与する。
 分散剤としては、例えば、公知の顔料分散剤や界面活性剤を適宜選択して用いることができる。なかでも、高分子化合物が好ましい。
 分散剤としては、高分子分散剤〔例えば、ポリアミドアミンとその塩、ポリカルボン酸とその塩、高分子量不飽和酸エステル、変性ポリウレタン、変性ポリエステル、変性ポリ(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル系共重合体、ナフタレンスルホン酸ホルマリン縮合物〕、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルアミン、アルカノールアミン等の界面活性剤、及び、顔料誘導体等を挙げることができる。
 高分子化合物は、その構造からさらに直鎖状高分子、末端変性型高分子、グラフト型高分子、及びブロック型高分子に分類することができる。
<Dispersant>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a dispersant. The dispersant contributes to the improvement of the dispersibility of the black pigment such as titanium black described above.
As the dispersant, for example, a known pigment dispersant or surfactant can be appropriately selected and used. Of these, polymer compounds are preferable.
Examples of the dispersant include polymer dispersants [for example, polyamidoamine and its salt, polycarboxylic acid and its salt, high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, modified polyurethane, modified polyester, modified poly (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic type Copolymer, naphthalenesulfonic acid formalin condensate], surfactants such as polyoxyethylene alkyl phosphate esters, polyoxyethylene alkyl amines, alkanol amines, and pigment derivatives.
The polymer compounds can be further classified into linear polymers, terminal-modified polymers, graft polymers, and block polymers based on their structures.
 高分子化合物は、黒色顔料及び所望により併用する顔料等の被分散体の表面に吸着し、それらの再凝集を防止するように作用する。そのため、顔料表面へのアンカー部位を有する末端変性型高分子、グラフト型高分子、及び、ブロック型高分子が好ましい構造として挙げることができる。
 一方で、チタンブラックや、上記したチタンブラック及びSi原子を含む被分散体の表面を改質することにより、これらに対する高分子化合物の吸着性を促進させることもできる。
The polymer compound is adsorbed on the surface of a dispersion such as a black pigment and a pigment to be used together if desired, and acts to prevent re-aggregation thereof. Therefore, a terminal-modified polymer, a graft polymer, and a block polymer having an anchor site to the pigment surface can be cited as preferred structures.
On the other hand, by adsorbing the surface of titanium black or the above-described dispersion to be dispersed containing titanium black and Si atoms, it is possible to promote the adsorptivity of the polymer compound to these.
 高分子化合物は、グラフト鎖を有する構造単位を有することが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、「構造単位」とは「繰り返し単位」と同義である。
 このようなグラフト鎖を有する構造単位を有する高分子化合物は、グラフト鎖によって溶剤との親和性を有するために、黒色顔料の分散性、及び、経時後の分散安定性に優れるものである。また、組成物においては、グラフト鎖の存在により重合性化合物又はその他の併用可能な樹脂などとの親和性を有するので、アルカリ現像で残渣を生じにくくなる。
 グラフト鎖が長くなると立体反発効果が高くなり分散性は向上するが、一方で、グラフト鎖が長すぎると黒色顔料への吸着力が低下して分散性は低下する傾向となる。このため、グラフト鎖は、水素原子を除いた原子数が40~10000の範囲であるものが好ましく、水素原子を除いた原子数が50~2000であるものがより好ましく、水素原子を除いた原子数が60~500であるものがさらに好ましい。
 ここで、グラフト鎖とは、共重合体の主鎖の根元(主鎖から枝分かれしている基において主鎖に結合する原子)から、主鎖から枝分かれしている基の末端までを示す。
The polymer compound preferably has a structural unit having a graft chain. In the present specification, “structural unit” is synonymous with “repeating unit”.
Such a polymer compound having a structural unit having a graft chain is excellent in dispersibility of the black pigment and dispersion stability after aging because it has an affinity for a solvent by the graft chain. In addition, since the composition has an affinity with a polymerizable compound or other resin that can be used in combination due to the presence of the graft chain, a residue is hardly generated by alkali development.
When the graft chain becomes longer, the steric repulsion effect becomes higher and the dispersibility is improved. On the other hand, when the graft chain is too long, the adsorptive power to the black pigment is lowered and the dispersibility tends to be lowered. Therefore, the graft chain preferably has a number of atoms excluding hydrogen atoms in the range of 40 to 10,000, more preferably a number of atoms excluding hydrogen atoms of 50 to 2000, and atoms excluding hydrogen atoms. More preferably, the number is from 60 to 500.
Here, the graft chain means from the base of the main chain of the copolymer (the atom bonded to the main chain in a group branched from the main chain) to the end of the group branched from the main chain.
 グラフト鎖は、ポリマー構造を有することが好ましく、このようなポリマー構造としては、例えば、ポリ(メタ)アクリレート構造(例えば、ポリ(メタ)アクリル構造)、ポリエステル構造、ポリウレタン構造、ポリウレア構造、ポリアミド構造、及び、ポリエーテル構造などを挙げることができる。
 グラフト鎖と溶剤との相互作用性を向上させ、それにより分散性を高めるために、グラフト鎖は、ポリエステル構造、ポリエーテル構造及びポリ(メタ)アクリレート構造からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を有するグラフト鎖であることが好ましく、ポリエステル構造及びポリエーテル構造の少なくともいずれかを有するグラフト鎖であることがより好ましい。
The graft chain preferably has a polymer structure. Examples of such a polymer structure include a poly (meth) acrylate structure (for example, a poly (meth) acrylic structure), a polyester structure, a polyurethane structure, a polyurea structure, and a polyamide structure. And a polyether structure.
In order to improve the interaction between the graft chain and the solvent and thereby increase the dispersibility, the graft chain is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyester structure, a polyether structure and a poly (meth) acrylate structure. The graft chain is preferably a graft chain having at least one of a polyester structure and a polyether structure.
 このようなポリマー構造をグラフト鎖として有するマクロモノマーの構造としては、特に限定されないが、好ましくは、反応性二重結合性基を有するマクロモノマーを好適に使用することができる。 The structure of the macromonomer having such a polymer structure as a graft chain is not particularly limited, but a macromonomer having a reactive double bond group can be preferably used.
 高分子化合物が有するグラフト鎖を有する構造単位に対応し、高分子化合物の合成に好適に用いられる市販のマクロモノマーとしては、AA-6(商品名、東亜合成(株))、AA-10(商品名、東亜合成(株)製)、AB-6(商品名、東亜合成(株)製)、AS-6(商品名、東亜合成(株))、AN-6(商品名、東亜合成(株)製)、AW-6(商品名、東亜合成(株)製)、AA-714(商品名、東亜合成(株)製)、AY-707(商品名、東亜合成(株)製)、AY-714(商品名、東亜合成(株)製)、AK-5(商品名、東亜合成(株)製)、AK-30(商品名、東亜合成(株)製)、AK-32(商品名、東亜合成(株)製)、ブレンマーPP-100(商品名、日油(株)製)、ブレンマーPP-500(商品名、日油(株)製)、ブレンマーPP-800(商品名、日油(株)製)、ブレンマーPP-1000(商品名、日油(株)製)、ブレンマー55-PET-800(商品名、日油(株)製)、ブレンマーPME-4000(商品名、日油(株)製)、ブレンマーPSE-400(商品名、日油(株)製)、ブレンマーPSE-1300(商品名、日油(株)製)、及び、ブレンマー43PAPE-600B(商品名、日油(株)製)などが用いられる。このなかでも、好ましくは、AA-6(商品名、東亜合成(株)製)、AA-10(商品名、東亜合成(株))、AB-6(商品名、東亜合成(株)製)、AS-6(商品名、東亜合成(株))、AN-6(商品名、東亜合成(株)製)、及び、ブレンマーPME-4000(商品名、日油(株)製)などが用いられる。 Corresponding to the structural unit having a graft chain of the polymer compound, commercially available macromonomers suitably used for the synthesis of the polymer compound include AA-6 (trade name, Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AA-10 ( Product name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AB-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AS-6 (trade name, produced by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AN-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.) Co., Ltd.), AW-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AA-714 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AY-707 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AY-714 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AK-5 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AK-30 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AK-32 (product) Name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PP-100 (trade name, manufactured by NOF Corporation), Blemmer PP-500 ( Product name, NOF Corporation), BLEMMER PP-800 (trade name, NOF Corporation), BLEMMER PP-1000 (trade name, NOF Corporation), BLEMMER 55-PET-800 (product) Name, manufactured by NOF Corporation), BREMMER PME-4000 (trade name, manufactured by NOF Corporation), BREMMER PSE-400 (trade name, manufactured by NOF Corporation), Blemmer PSE-1300 (trade name, NOF Corporation) and BLEMMER 43PAPE-600B (trade name, manufactured by NOF Corporation) are used. Of these, AA-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AA-10 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AB-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.) AS-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), AN-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PME-4000 (trade name, manufactured by NOF Corporation), etc. It is done.
 高分子化合物は、グラフト鎖を有する構造単位として、下記式(1)~式(4)のいずれかで表される構造単位を含むことが好ましく、下記式(1A)、下記式(2A)、下記式(3A)、下記式(3B)、及び下記(4)のいずれかで表される構造単位を含むことがより好ましい。 The polymer compound preferably includes a structural unit represented by any one of the following formulas (1) to (4) as a structural unit having a graft chain, and includes the following formula (1A), the following formula (2A), More preferably, it contains a structural unit represented by any one of the following formula (3A), the following formula (3B), and the following (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 式(1)~式(4)において、W、W、W、及びWは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子又はNHを表す。W、W、W、及びWは、酸素原子であることが好ましい。
 式(1)~式(4)において、X、X、X、X、及びXは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。X、X、X、X、及びXとしては、合成上の制約の観点からは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数(炭素原子数)1~12のアルキル基であることが好ましく、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基であることがより好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
In the formulas (1) to (4), W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH. W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , and W 4 are preferably oxygen atoms.
In the formulas (1) to (4), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (the number of carbon atoms) from the viewpoint of synthesis constraints. Are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
 式(1)~式(4)において、Y、Y、Y、及びYは、それぞれ独立に、2価の連結基を表し、連結基は特に構造上制約されない。Y、Y、Y、及びYで表される2価の連結基として、具体的には、下記の(Y-1)~(Y-21)の連結基などが例として挙げられる。下記に示した構造において、A、Bはそれぞれ、式(1)~式(4)における左末端基、右末端基との結合部位を意味する。下記に示した構造のうち、合成の簡便性から、(Y-2)又は(Y-13)であることがより好ましい。 In the formulas (1) to (4), Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group, and the linking group is not particularly limited in structure. Specific examples of the divalent linking group represented by Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 include the following (Y-1) to (Y-21) linking groups. . In the structures shown below, A and B represent binding sites with the left end group and the right end group in Formulas (1) to (4), respectively. Of the structures shown below, (Y-2) or (Y-13) is more preferable from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 式(1)~式(4)において、Z、Z、Z、及びZは、それぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表す。有機基の構造は、特に限定されないが、具体的には、アルキル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロアリールオキシ基、アルキルチオエーテル基、アリールチオエーテル基、ヘテロアリールチオエーテル基、及びアミノ基などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、Z、Z、Z、及びZで表される有機基としては、特に分散性向上の観点から、立体反発効果を有するものが好ましく、各々独立に炭素数5から24のアルキル基又はアルコキシ基が好ましく、その中でも、特に各々独立に炭素数5から24の分岐アルキル基、炭素数5から24の環状アルキル基、又は、炭素数5から24のアルコキシ基が好ましい。なお、アルコキシ基中に含まれるアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び、環状のいずれでもよい。 In the formulas (1) to (4), Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. The structure of the organic group is not particularly limited, and specific examples include an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkylthioether group, an arylthioether group, a heteroarylthioether group, and an amino group. Is mentioned. Among these, as the organic group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 , those having a steric repulsion effect are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility, and each independently has 5 to 24 carbon atoms. Of these, a branched alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. The alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
 式(1)~式(4)において、n、m、p、及びqは、それぞれ独立に、1から500の整数である。
 また、式(1)及び式(2)において、j及びkは、それぞれ独立に、2~8の整数を表す。式(1)及び式(2)におけるj及びkは、分散安定性、及び、現像性の観点から、4~6の整数が好ましく、5が最も好ましい。
In the formulas (1) to (4), n, m, p, and q are each independently an integer of 1 to 500.
In the formulas (1) and (2), j and k each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8. J and k in formula (1) and formula (2) are preferably integers of 4 to 6, and most preferably 5, from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability.
 式(3)中、Rは分岐若しくは直鎖のアルキレン基を表し、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数2又は3のアルキレン基がより好ましい。pが2~500のとき、複数存在するRは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
 式(4)中、Rは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、この1価の有機基としては特に構造上限定はされない。Rとして、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又は、ヘテロアリール基が好ましく、水素原子、又はアルキル基がより好ましい。Rがアルキル基である場合、アルキル基としては、炭素数1~20の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~20の分岐状アルキル基、又は炭素数5~20の環状アルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~20の直鎖状アルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~6の直鎖状アルキル基が特さらに好ましい。式(4)において、qが2~500のとき、グラフト共重合体中に複数存在するX及びRは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
In formula (3), R 3 represents a branched or straight chain alkylene group, preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms. When p is 2 to 500, a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different from each other.
In the formula (4), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and the monovalent organic group is not particularly limited in terms of structure. R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. When R 4 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, A linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. In the formula (4), when q is 2 to 500, a plurality of X 5 and R 4 present in the graft copolymer may be the same or different from each other.
 また、高分子化合物は、2種以上の構造が異なる、グラフト鎖を有する構造単位を有することができる。即ち、高分子化合物の分子中に、互いに構造の異なる式(1)~式(4)で示される構造単位を含んでいてもよく、また、式(1)~式(4)においてn、m、p、及びqがそれぞれ2以上の整数を表す場合、式(1)及び式(2)においては、側鎖中にj及びkが互いに異なる構造を含んでいてもよく、式(3)及び式(4)においては、分子内に複数存在するR、R及びXは互いに同じであっても異なっていてもよい。 In addition, the polymer compound may have a structural unit having a graft chain, which has two or more different structures. That is, the polymer compound molecule may contain structural units represented by formulas (1) to (4) having different structures, and n, m in formulas (1) to (4). , P, and q each represent an integer of 2 or more, in formula (1) and formula (2), j and k may contain structures different from each other in the side chain. In the formula (4), a plurality of R 3 , R 4 and X 5 present in the molecule may be the same or different from each other.
 式(1)で表される構造単位としては、分散安定性、及び、現像性の観点から、下記式(1A)で表される構造単位であることがより好ましい。
 また、式(2)で表される構造単位としては、分散安定性、及び、現像性の観点から、下記式(2A)で表される構造単位であることがより好ましい。
The structural unit represented by the formula (1) is more preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (1A) from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability.
Further, the structural unit represented by the formula (2) is more preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (2A) from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 式(1A)中、X、Y、Z及びnは、式(1)におけるX、Y、Z及びnと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。式(2A)中、X、Y、Z及びmは、式(2)におけるX、Y、Z及びmと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 Wherein (1A), X 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n are as defined X 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n in Formula (1), and preferred ranges are also the same. Wherein (2A), X 2, Y 2, Z 2 and m are as defined X 2, Y 2, Z 2 and m in the formula (2), and preferred ranges are also the same.
 また、式(3)で表される構造単位としては、分散安定性、及び、現像性の観点から、下記式(3A)又は式(3B)で表される構造単位であることがより好ましい。 The structural unit represented by the formula (3) is more preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (3A) or formula (3B) from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式(3A)又は(3B)中、X、Y、Z及びpは、式(3)におけるX、Y、Z及びpと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 Wherein (3A) or (3B), X 3, Y 3, Z 3 and p are as defined X 3, Y 3, Z 3 and p in formula (3), and preferred ranges are also the same.
 高分子化合物は、グラフト鎖を有する構造単位として、式(1A)で表される構造単位を有することがより好ましい。 More preferably, the polymer compound has a structural unit represented by the formula (1A) as a structural unit having a graft chain.
 高分子化合物において、グラフト鎖を有する構造単位(例えば、上記式(1)~式(4)で表される構造単位)は、質量換算で、高分子化合物の総質量に対し5~90%の範囲で含まれることが好ましく、5~30%の範囲で含まれることがより好ましい。グラフト鎖を有する構造単位が、この範囲内で含まれると黒色顔料(特に、チタンブラック粒子)の分散性が高く、黒色層を形成する際の現像性が良好である。 In the polymer compound, the structural unit having a graft chain (for example, the structural unit represented by the above formulas (1) to (4)) is 5 to 90% in terms of mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound. It is preferably included in a range, and more preferably in a range of 5 to 30%. When the structural unit having a graft chain is contained within this range, the dispersibility of the black pigment (particularly titanium black particles) is high and the developability when forming the black layer is good.
 また、高分子化合物は、グラフト鎖を有する構造単位とは異なる(すなわち、グラフト鎖を有する構造単位には相当しない)疎水性構造単位を有することが好ましい。ただし、本発明において、疎水性構造単位は、酸基(例えば、カルボン酸基(カルボキシル基)、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、及び、フェノール性水酸基等)を有さない構造単位である。 Further, the polymer compound preferably has a hydrophobic structural unit different from the structural unit having a graft chain (that is, not corresponding to the structural unit having a graft chain). However, in the present invention, the hydrophobic structural unit is a structural unit that does not have an acid group (for example, a carboxylic acid group (carboxyl group), a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group).
 疎水性構造単位は、好ましくは、ClogP値が1.2以上の化合物(モノマー)に由来する(対応する)構造単位であり、より好ましくは、ClogP値が1.2~8の化合物に由来する構造単位である。これにより、本発明の効果をより確実に発現することができる。 The hydrophobic structural unit is preferably a structural unit derived from (corresponding to) a compound (monomer) having a ClogP value of 1.2 or more, more preferably derived from a compound having a ClogP value of 1.2 to 8. A structural unit. Thereby, the effect of this invention can be expressed more reliably.
 ClogP値は、Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc.から入手できるプログラム“CLOGP”で計算された値である。このプログラムは、Hansch, Leoのフラグメントアプローチ(下記文献参照)により算出される“計算logP”の値を提供する。フラグメントアプローチは化合物の化学構造に基づいており、化学構造を部分構造(フラグメント)に分割し、そのフラグメントに対して割り当てられたlogP寄与分を合計することにより化合物のlogP値を推算している。その詳細は以下の文献に記載されている。本発明では、プログラムCLOGP v4.82により計算したClogP値を用いる。
 A. J. Leo, Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol.4, C. Hansch, P. G. Sammnens, J. B. Taylor and C. A. Ramsden, Eds., p.295, Pergamon Press, 1990 C. Hansch & A. J. Leo. SUbstituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology. John Wiley & Sons. A.J. Leo. Calculating logPoct from structure. Chem. Rev., 93, 1281-1306, 1993.
ClogP values can be obtained from Daylight Chemical Information System, Inc. It is a value calculated by the program “CLOGP” available from This program provides the value of “computation logP” calculated by Hansch, Leo's fragment approach (see below). The fragment approach is based on the chemical structure of a compound, which divides the chemical structure into substructures (fragments) and estimates the logP value of the compound by summing the logP contributions assigned to that fragment. Details thereof are described in the following documents. In the present invention, the ClogP value calculated by the program CLOGP v4.82 is used.
A. J. et al. Leo, Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 4, C.I. Hansch, P.A. G. Sammunens, J. et al. B. Taylor and C.M. A. Ramsden, Eds. , P. 295, Pergamon Press, 1990 C.I. Hansch & A. J. et al. Leo. Substituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology. John Wiley & Sons. A. J. et al. Leo. Calculating logPoch from structure. Chem. Rev. , 93, 1281-1306, 1993.
 logPは、分配係数P(Partition Coefficient)の常用対数を意味し、ある有機化合物が油(一般的には1-オクタノール)と水の2相系の平衡でどのように分配されるかを定量的な数値として表す物性値であり、以下の式で示される。
  logP=log(Coil/Cwater)
 式中、Coilは油相中の化合物のモル濃度を、Cwaterは水相中の化合物のモル濃度を表す。
 logPの値が0をはさんでプラスに大きくなると油溶性が増し、マイナスで絶対値が大きくなると水溶性が増すことを意味し、有機化合物の水溶性と負の相関があり、有機化合物の親疎水性を見積るパラメータとして広く利用されている。
log P means the common logarithm of the partition coefficient P (Partition Coefficient), and quantitatively determines how an organic compound is distributed in the equilibrium of a two-phase system of oil (generally 1-octanol) and water. It is a physical property value expressed as a numerical value, and is represented by the following formula.
logP = log (Coil / Cwater)
In the formula, Coil represents the molar concentration of the compound in the oil phase, and Cwater represents the molar concentration of the compound in the aqueous phase.
When the logP value increases to a positive value across 0, the oil solubility increases. When the logP value increases to a negative value, the water solubility increases. There is a negative correlation with the water solubility of the organic compound. It is widely used as a parameter for estimating aqueous properties.
 高分子化合物は、疎水性構造単位として、下記一般式(i)~(iii)表される単量体に由来の構造単位から選択された1種以上の構造単位を有することが好ましい。 The polymer compound preferably has one or more structural units selected from structural units derived from monomers represented by the following general formulas (i) to (iii) as hydrophobic structural units.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 上記式(i)~(iii)中、R、R、及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素、塩素、臭素等)、又は炭素数が1~6のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基等)を表す。
 R、R、及びRは、より好ましくは水素原子、又は炭素数が1~3のアルキル基であり、最も好ましくは、水素原子又はメチル基である。R及びRは、水素原子であることがさらに好ましい。
 Xは、酸素原子(-O-)又はイミノ基(-NH-)を表し、酸素原子であることが好ましい。
In the above formulas (i) to (iii), R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (eg, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), or a carbon number of 1 to 6 An alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, etc.) is represented.
R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 2 and R 3 are more preferably a hydrogen atom.
X represents an oxygen atom (—O—) or an imino group (—NH—), and is preferably an oxygen atom.
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基である。2価の連結基としては、2価の脂肪族基(例えば、アルキレン基、置換アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、置換アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、置換アルキニレン基)、2価の芳香族基(例えば、アリーレン基、置換アリーレン基)、2価の複素環基、酸素原子(-O-)、硫黄原子(-S-)、イミノ基(-NH-)、置換イミノ基(-NR31-、ここでR31は脂肪族基、芳香族基又は複素環基)、カルボニル基(-CO-)、又は、これらの組合せ等が挙げられる。 L is a single bond or a divalent linking group. As the divalent linking group, a divalent aliphatic group (for example, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkenylene group, a substituted alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, a substituted alkynylene group), a divalent aromatic group (for example, an arylene group) , Substituted arylene group), divalent heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (—O—), sulfur atom (—S—), imino group (—NH—), substituted imino group (—NR 31 —, where R 31 Are aliphatic groups, aromatic groups or heterocyclic groups), carbonyl groups (—CO—), or combinations thereof.
 2価の脂肪族基は、環状構造又は分岐構造を有していてもよい。脂肪族基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~10がさらに好ましい。脂肪族基は不飽和脂肪族基であっても飽和脂肪族基であってもよいが、飽和脂肪族基であることが好ましい。また、脂肪族基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例は、ハロゲン原子、芳香族基及び複素環基等が挙げられる。 The divalent aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The aliphatic group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The aliphatic group may be an unsaturated aliphatic group or a saturated aliphatic group, but is preferably a saturated aliphatic group. Further, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aromatic group and a heterocyclic group.
 2価の芳香族基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~15がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい。また、芳香族基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例は、ハロゲン原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基及び複素環基等が挙げられる。 The carbon number of the divalent aromatic group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and still more preferably 6 to 10. The aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.
 2価の複素環基は、複素環として5員環又は6員環を有することが好ましい。複素環に他の複素環、脂肪族環又は芳香族環が縮合していてもよい。また、複素環基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例としては、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、オキソ基(=O)、チオキソ基(=S)、イミノ基(=NH)、置換イミノ基(=N-R32、ここでR32は脂肪族基、芳香族基又は複素環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基、及び、複素環基が挙げられる。 The divalent heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as the heterocycle. Another heterocyclic ring, an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring may be condensed with the heterocyclic ring. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups (═O), thioxo groups (═S), imino groups (═NH), substituted imino groups (═N—R 32 , where R 32 is aliphatic. Group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), aliphatic group, aromatic group, and heterocyclic group.
 Lは、単結合、アルキレン基又はオキシアルキレン構造を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましい。オキシアルキレン構造は、オキシエチレン構造又はオキシプロピレン構造であることがより好ましい。また、Lは、オキシアルキレン構造を2以上繰り返して含むポリオキシアルキレン構造を含んでいてもよい。ポリオキシアルキレン構造としては、ポリオキシエチレン構造又はポリオキシプロピレン構造が好ましい。ポリオキシエチレン構造は、-(OCHCH)n-で表され、nは、2以上の整数が好ましく、2~10の整数であることがより好ましい。 L is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure. The oxyalkylene structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure. L may contain a polyoxyalkylene structure containing two or more oxyalkylene structures. The polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure. The polyoxyethylene structure is represented by — (OCH 2 CH 2 ) n—, where n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 2 to 10.
 Zとしては、脂肪族基(例えば、アルキル基、置換アルキル基、不飽和アルキル基、置換不飽和アルキル基、)、芳香族基(例えば、アリーレン基、置換アリーレン基)、複素環基、酸素原子(-O-)、硫黄原子(-S-)、イミノ基(-NH-)、置換イミノ基(-NR31-、ここでR31は脂肪族基、芳香族基又は複素環基)、カルボニル基(-CO-)、及び、これらの組合せ等が挙げられる。 Z is an aliphatic group (eg, alkyl group, substituted alkyl group, unsaturated alkyl group, substituted unsaturated alkyl group), aromatic group (eg, arylene group, substituted arylene group), heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (—O—), sulfur atom (—S—), imino group (—NH—), substituted imino group (—NR 31 —, wherein R 31 is an aliphatic group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), carbonyl And a group (—CO—) and combinations thereof.
 脂肪族基は、環状構造又は分岐構造を有していてもよい。脂肪族基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~10がさらに好ましい。脂肪族基には、さらに環集合炭化水素基、及び、架橋環式炭化水素基が含まれ、環集合炭化水素基の例としては、ビシクロヘキシル基、パーヒドロナフタレニル基、ビフェニル基、及び、4-シクロヘキシルフェニル基などが含まれる。架橋環式炭化水素環として、例えば、ピナン、ボルナン、ノルピナン、ノルボルナン、及び、ビシクロオクタン環(ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン環、ビシクロ[3.2.1]オクタン環等)などの2環式炭化水素環、ホモブレダン、アダマンタン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン、及び、トリシクロ[4.3.1.12,5]ウンデカン環などの3環式炭化水素環、並びに、テトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]ドデカン、及び、パーヒドロ-1,4-メタノ-5,8-メタノナフタレン環などの4環式炭化水素環などが挙げられる。また、架橋環式炭化水素環には、縮合環式炭化水素環、例えば、パーヒドロナフタレン(デカリン)、パーヒドロアントラセン、パーヒドロフェナントレン、パーヒドロアセナフテン、パーヒドロフルオレン、パーヒドロインデン、及び、パーヒドロフェナレン環などの5~8員シクロアルカン環が複数個縮合した縮合環も含まれる。
 脂肪族基は不飽和脂肪族基よりも飽和脂肪族基の方が好ましい。また、脂肪族基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例は、ハロゲン原子、芳香族基及び複素環基が挙げられる。ただし、脂肪族基は、置換基として酸基を有さない。
The aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The aliphatic group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The aliphatic group further includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include a bicyclohexyl group, a perhydronaphthalenyl group, a biphenyl group, and , 4-cyclohexylphenyl group and the like. Examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include 2 such as pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, and bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.). Tricyclic hydrocarbon rings such as cyclic hydrocarbon rings, homobredan, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, and tricyclo [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] undecane rings , And tetracyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 . 1 7,10 ] dodecane, and tetracyclic hydrocarbon rings such as perhydro-1,4-methano-5,8-methanonaphthalene ring. The bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring, such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, and Also included are condensed rings in which a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings are condensed, such as a perhydrophenalene ring.
The aliphatic group is preferably a saturated aliphatic group rather than an unsaturated aliphatic group. Further, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group. However, the aliphatic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.
 芳香族基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~15がより好ましく、6~10がさらに好ましい。また、芳香族基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例は、ハロゲン原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基及び複素環基が挙げられる。ただし、芳香族基は、置換基として酸基を有さない。 The carbon number of the aromatic group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and further preferably 6 to 10. The aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group. However, the aromatic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.
 複素環基は、複素環として5員環又は6員環を有することが好ましい。複素環に他の複素環、脂肪族環又は芳香族環が縮合していてもよい。また、複素環基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例としては、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、オキソ基(=O)、チオキソ基(=S)、イミノ基(=NH)、置換イミノ基(=N-R32、ここでR32は脂肪族基、芳香族基又は複素環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及び複素環基が挙げられる。ただし、複素環基は、置換基として酸基を有さない。 The heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as the heterocycle. Another heterocyclic ring, an aliphatic ring or an aromatic ring may be condensed with the heterocyclic ring. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups (═O), thioxo groups (═S), imino groups (═NH), substituted imino groups (═N—R 32 , where R 32 is aliphatic. Group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), aliphatic group, aromatic group and heterocyclic group. However, the heterocyclic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.
 上記式(iii)中、R、R、及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素、塩素、臭素等)、又は炭素数が1~6のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基等)、Z、又は-L-Zを表す。ここでL及びZは、上記におけるものと同義である。R、R、及びRとしては、水素原子、又は炭素数が1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子がより好ましい。 In the above formula (iii), R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (eg, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (eg, , Methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, etc.), Z, or -LZ. Here, L and Z are as defined above. R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 本発明においては、上記一般式(i)で表される単量体として、R、R、及びRが水素原子又はメチル基であって、Lが単結合又はアルキレン基若しくはオキシアルキレン構造を含む2価の連結基であって、Xが酸素原子又はイミノ基であって、Zが脂肪族基、複素環基又は芳香族基である化合物が好ましい。
 また、上記一般式(ii)で表される単量体として、Rが水素原子又はメチル基であって、Lがアルキレン基であって、Zが脂肪族基、複素環基又は芳香族基である化合物が好ましい。また、上記一般式(iii)で表される単量体として、R、R、及びRが水素原子又はメチル基であって、Zが脂肪族基、複素環基又は芳香族基である化合物が好ましい。
In the present invention, as the monomer represented by the general formula (i), R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L is a single bond, an alkylene group, or an oxyalkylene structure. A compound in which X is an oxygen atom or an imino group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group or an aromatic group is preferable.
Further, as the monomer represented by the general formula (ii), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L is an alkylene group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group or an aromatic group. Is preferred. Further, as the monomer represented by the general formula (iii), R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group, or an aromatic group. Certain compounds are preferred.
 式(i)~(iii)で表される代表的な化合物の例としては、アクリル酸エステル類、メタクリル酸エステル類、及び、スチレン類などから選ばれるラジカル重合性化合物が挙げられる。
 なお、式(i)~(iii)で表される代表的な化合物の例としては、特開2013-249417号公報の段落0089~0093に記載の化合物を参照でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
Examples of typical compounds represented by the formulas (i) to (iii) include radically polymerizable compounds selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, styrenes, and the like.
As examples of typical compounds represented by formulas (i) to (iii), the compounds described in paragraphs 0089 to 0093 of JP2013-249417A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are described in the present specification. Incorporated into.
 高分子化合物において、疎水性構造単位は、質量換算で、高分子化合物の総質量に対し10~90%の範囲で含まれることが好ましく、20~80%の範囲で含まれることがより好ましい。含有量が上記範囲において十分なパターン形成が得られる。 In the polymer compound, the hydrophobic structural unit is preferably contained in a range of 10 to 90%, more preferably in a range of 20 to 80% with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound in terms of mass. When the content is in the above range, sufficient pattern formation can be obtained.
 高分子化合物には、黒色顔料(特に、チタンブラック)と相互作用を形成しうる官能基を導入することができる。ここで、高分子化合物は、黒色顔料と相互作用を形成しうる官能基を有する構造単位をさらに有することが好ましい。
 この黒色顔料と相互作用を形成しうる官能基としては、例えば、酸基、塩基性基、配位性基、反応性を有する官能基等が挙げられる。
 高分子化合物が、酸基、塩基性基、配位性基、又は、反応性を有する官能基を有する場合、それぞれ、酸基を有する構造単位、塩基性基を有する構造単位、配位性基を有する構造単位、又は、反応性を有する構造単位を有することが好ましい。
 特に、高分子化合物が、さらに、酸基として、カルボン酸基などのアルカリ可溶性基を有することで、高分子化合物に、アルカリ現像によるパターン形成のための現像性を付与することができる。
 すなわち、高分子化合物にアルカリ可溶性基を導入することで、本発明の組成物は、黒色顔料の分散に寄与する分散剤としての高分子化合物がアルカリ可溶性を有することになる。このような高分子化合物を含有する組成物は、露光部の遮光性に優れたものとなり、且つ、未露光部のアルカリ現像性が向上される。
 また、高分子化合物が酸基を有する構造単位を有することにより、高分子化合物が溶剤となじみやすくなり、塗布性も向上する傾向となる。
 これは、酸基を有する構造単位における酸基が黒色顔料と相互作用しやすく、高分子化合物が黒色顔料を安定的に分散するとともに、黒色顔料を分散する高分子化合物の粘度が低くなっており、高分子化合物自体も安定的に分散されやすいためであると推測される。
A functional group capable of forming an interaction with a black pigment (particularly titanium black) can be introduced into the polymer compound. Here, the polymer compound preferably further has a structural unit having a functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment.
Examples of the functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment include an acid group, a basic group, a coordination group, and a reactive functional group.
When the polymer compound has an acid group, a basic group, a coordinating group, or a reactive functional group, the structural unit having an acid group, the structural unit having a basic group, or a coordinating group, respectively. It is preferable to have a structural unit having or a structural unit having reactivity.
In particular, since the polymer compound further has an alkali-soluble group such as a carboxylic acid group as the acid group, the polymer compound can be provided with developability for pattern formation by alkali development.
That is, by introducing an alkali-soluble group into the polymer compound, the polymer compound as a dispersant that contributes to the dispersion of the black pigment has alkali solubility in the composition of the present invention. A composition containing such a polymer compound has excellent light-shielding properties in the exposed area, and the alkali developability in the unexposed area is improved.
Moreover, when a high molecular compound has a structural unit which has an acid group, it becomes easy for a high molecular compound to become compatible with a solvent, and it exists in the tendency for applicability | paintability to improve.
This is because the acid group in the structural unit having an acid group is likely to interact with the black pigment, the polymer compound stably disperses the black pigment, and the viscosity of the polymer compound that disperses the black pigment is low. This is presumably because the polymer compound itself is easily dispersed stably.
 ただし、酸基としてのアルカリ可溶性基を有する構造単位は、上記したグラフト鎖を有する構造単位と同一の構造単位であっても、異なる構造単位であってもよいが、酸基としてのアルカリ可溶性基を有する構造単位は、上記した疎水性構造単位とは異なる構造単位である(すなわち、上記した疎水性構造単位には相当しない)。 However, the structural unit having an alkali-soluble group as an acid group may be the same structural unit as the above-described structural unit having a graft chain or a different structural unit. Is a structural unit different from the hydrophobic structural unit described above (that is, does not correspond to the hydrophobic structural unit described above).
 黒色顔料と相互作用を形成しうる官能基である酸基としては、例えば、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、又は、フェノール性水酸基などがあり、好ましくは、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基、及び、リン酸基のうち少なくとも1種であり、より好ましいものは、黒色顔料への吸着力が良好で、且つ、黒色顔料の分散性が高い点で、カルボン酸基である。
 すなわち、高分子化合物は、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基、及び、リン酸基のうち少なくとも1種を有する構造単位をさらに有することが好ましい。
Examples of the acid group that is a functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment include a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and preferably a carboxylic acid group or a sulfonic acid group. At least one of the group and the phosphate group is more preferable, and a carboxylic acid group is more preferable because the adsorbing power to the black pigment is good and the dispersibility of the black pigment is high.
That is, the polymer compound preferably further has a structural unit having at least one of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group.
 高分子化合物は、酸基を有する構造単位を1種又は2種以上有してもよい。
 高分子化合物は、酸基を有する構造単位を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、酸基を有する構造単位の含有量は、質量換算で、高分子化合物の総質量に対して、好ましくは5~95%であり、より好ましくは、アルカリ現像による画像強度のダメージ抑制という観点から、10~90%である。
The polymer compound may have one or more structural units having an acid group.
The polymer compound may or may not contain a structural unit having an acid group, but when it is contained, the content of the structural unit having an acid group is calculated in terms of mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound. The content is preferably 5 to 95%, and more preferably 10 to 90% from the viewpoint of suppressing damage to the image strength due to alkali development.
 黒色顔料と相互作用を形成しうる官能基である塩基性基としては、例えば、第1級アミノ基、第2級アミノ基、第3級アミノ基、N原子を含むヘテロ環、及び、アミド基などがあり、特に好ましいものは、黒色顔料への吸着力が良好で、且つ、黒色顔料の分散性が高い点で、第3級アミノ基である。高分子化合物は、これらの塩基性基を1種又は2種以上、有することができる。
 高分子化合物は、塩基性基を有する構造単位を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、塩基性基を有する構造単位の含有量は、質量換算で、高分子化合物の総質量に対して、好ましくは0.01%以上50%以下であり、より好ましくは、現像性阻害抑制という観点から、0.01%以上30%以下である。
Examples of the basic group that is a functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment include a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a heterocyclic ring containing an N atom, and an amide group. A particularly preferred one is a tertiary amino group in that the adsorbing power to the black pigment is good and the dispersibility of the black pigment is high. The polymer compound can have one or more of these basic groups.
The polymer compound may or may not contain a structural unit having a basic group, but when it is contained, the content of the structural unit having a basic group is calculated by mass conversion to the total mass of the polymer compound. On the other hand, it is preferably 0.01% or more and 50% or less, and more preferably 0.01% or more and 30% or less from the viewpoint of suppressing developability inhibition.
 黒色顔料と相互作用を形成しうる官能基である配位性基、及び反応性を有する官能基としては、例えば、アセチルアセトキシ基、トリアルコキシシリル基、イソシアネート基、酸無水物、及び、酸塩化物などが挙げられる。好ましいものは、黒色顔料への吸着力が良好で、黒色顔料の分散性が高い点で、アセチルアセトキシ基である。高分子化合物は、これらの基を1種又は2種以上有してもよい。
 高分子化合物は、配位性基を有する構造単位、又は、反応性を有する官能基を有する構造単位を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、これらの構造単位の含有量は、質量換算で、高分子化合物の総質量に対して、好ましくは10%以上80%以下であり、より好ましくは、現像性阻害抑制という観点から、20%以上60%以下である。
Examples of the coordinating group that is a functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment and the reactive functional group include an acetylacetoxy group, a trialkoxysilyl group, an isocyanate group, an acid anhydride, and an acid chloride. Such as things. A preferable one is an acetylacetoxy group in that the adsorbing power to the black pigment is good and the dispersibility of the black pigment is high. The polymer compound may have one or more of these groups.
The polymer compound may or may not contain a structural unit having a coordinating group or a structural unit having a reactive functional group, but when it is contained, the content of these structural units is: In terms of mass, it is preferably 10% or more and 80% or less, and more preferably 20% or more and 60% or less from the viewpoint of inhibition of developability inhibition with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound.
 本発明における高分子化合物が、グラフト鎖以外に、黒色顔料と相互作用を形成しうる官能基を有する場合、上述したような、各種の黒色顔料と相互作用を形成しうる官能基を含有していればよく、これらの官能基がどのように導入されているかは特に限定はされないが、高分子化合物は、下記一般式(iv)~(vi)で表される単量体に由来の構造単位から選択された1種以上の構造単位を有することが好ましい。 When the polymer compound in the present invention has a functional group capable of interacting with a black pigment in addition to the graft chain, it contains a functional group capable of interacting with various black pigments as described above. There is no particular limitation on how these functional groups are introduced, but polymer compounds are structural units derived from monomers represented by the following general formulas (iv) to (vi) It is preferable to have one or more structural units selected from
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 一般式(iv)~一般式(vi)中、R11、R12、及びR13は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等)、又は炭素数が1~6のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基等)を表す。
 一般式(iv)~一般式(vi)中、R11、R12、及びR13は、より好ましくは、それぞれ独立に水素原子、又は炭素数が1~3のアルキル基であり、さらに好ましくは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基である。一般式(iv)中、R12及びR13は、それぞれ水素原子であることが特に好ましい。
In general formula (iv) to general formula (vi), R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (eg, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.), or a carbon number Represents an alkyl group of 1 to 6 (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, etc.).
In general formula (iv) to general formula (vi), R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 are more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In general formula (iv), R 12 and R 13 are each particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
 一般式(iv)中のXは、酸素原子(-O-)又はイミノ基(-NH-)を表し、酸素原子であることが好ましい。
 また、一般式(v)中のYは、メチン基又は窒素原子を表す。
X 1 in the general formula (iv) represents an oxygen atom (—O—) or an imino group (—NH—), and is preferably an oxygen atom.
Y in the general formula (v) represents a methine group or a nitrogen atom.
 また、一般式(iv)~一般式(v)中のLは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基の例としては、2価の脂肪族基(例えば、アルキレン基、置換アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、置換アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、及び置換アルキニレン基)、2価の芳香族基(例えば、アリーレン基、及び置換アリーレン基)、2価の複素環基、酸素原子(-O-)、硫黄原子(-S-)、イミノ基(-NH-)、置換イミノ結合(-NR31’-、ここでR31’は脂肪族基、芳香族基又は複素環基)、カルボニル結合(-CO-)、及び、これらの組合せ等が挙げられる。 In the general formulas (iv) to (v), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include a divalent aliphatic group (for example, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkenylene group, a substituted alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, and a substituted alkynylene group), a divalent aromatic group (for example, , Arylene groups and substituted arylene groups), divalent heterocyclic groups, oxygen atoms (—O—), sulfur atoms (—S—), imino groups (—NH—), substituted imino bonds (—NR 31 ′ — Here, R 31 ′ includes an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), a carbonyl bond (—CO—), and combinations thereof.
 2価の脂肪族基は、環状構造又は分岐構造を有していてもよい。脂肪族基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~10がさらに好ましい。脂肪族基は不飽和脂肪族基よりも飽和脂肪族基の方が好ましい。また、脂肪族基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例としては、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、芳香族基及び複素環基が挙げられる。 The divalent aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The aliphatic group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The aliphatic group is preferably a saturated aliphatic group rather than an unsaturated aliphatic group. Further, the aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.
 2価の芳香族基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~15がさらに好ましく、6~10が最も好ましい。また、芳香族基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例は、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、脂肪族基、芳香族基及び複素環基を挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms of the divalent aromatic group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and most preferably 6 to 10. The aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.
 2価の複素環基は、複素環として5員環又は6員環を有することが好ましい。複素環に他の複素環、脂肪族環又は芳香族環のうち1つ以上が縮合していてもよい。また、複素環基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例としては、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、オキソ基(=O)、チオキソ基(=S)、イミノ基(=NH)、置換イミノ基(=N-R32、ここでR32は脂肪族基、芳香族基又は複素環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及び複素環基を挙げられる。 The divalent heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered ring as the heterocycle. One or more heterocycles, aliphatic rings or aromatic rings may be condensed with the heterocycle. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, oxo groups (═O), thioxo groups (═S), imino groups (═NH), substituted imino groups (═N—R 32 , where R 32 is aliphatic. Group, aromatic group or heterocyclic group), aliphatic group, aromatic group and heterocyclic group.
 Lは、単結合、アルキレン基又はオキシアルキレン構造を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましい。オキシアルキレン構造は、オキシエチレン構造又はオキシプロピレン構造であることがより好ましい。また、Lは、オキシアルキレン構造を2以上繰り返して含むポリオキシアルキレン構造を含んでいてもよい。ポリオキシアルキレン構造としては、ポリオキシエチレン構造又はポリオキシプロピレン構造が好ましい。ポリオキシエチレン構造は、-(OCHCH)n-で表され、nは、2以上の整数が好ましく、2~10の整数であることがより好ましい。 L 1 is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure. The oxyalkylene structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure. L may contain a polyoxyalkylene structure containing two or more oxyalkylene structures. The polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure. The polyoxyethylene structure is represented by — (OCH 2 CH 2 ) n—, where n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 2 to 10.
 一般式(iv)~一般式(vi)中、Zは、グラフト鎖以外に黒色顔料と相互作用を形成しうる官能基を表し、カルボン酸基、第三級アミノ基であることが好ましく、カルボン酸基であることがより好ましい。 In the general formulas (iv) to (vi), Z 1 represents a functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment in addition to the graft chain, and is preferably a carboxylic acid group or a tertiary amino group. A carboxylic acid group is more preferable.
 一般式(vi)中、R14、R15、及びR16は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素、塩素、臭素等)、炭素数が1~6のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基等)、-Z、又は-L-Zを表す。ここでL及びZは、上記におけるL及びZと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。R14、R15、及びR16としては、それぞれ独立に水素原子、又は炭素数が1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子がより好ましい。 In general formula (vi), R 14 , R 15 , and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (eg, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, etc.), - represents a Z 1, or -L 1 -Z 1. Wherein L 1 and Z 1 are the same meaning as L 1 and Z 1 in the above, it is the preferable examples. R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 本発明においては、一般式(iv)で表される単量体として、R11、R12、及びR13がそれぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基であって、Lがアルキレン基又はオキシアルキレン構造を含む2価の連結基であって、Xが酸素原子又はイミノ基であって、Zがカルボン酸基である化合物が好ましい。
 また、一般式(v)で表される単量体として、R11が水素原子又はメチル基であって、Lがアルキレン基であって、Zがカルボン酸基であって、Yがメチン基である化合物が好ましい。
 さらに、一般式(vi)で表される単量体として、R14、R15、及びR16がそれぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基であって、Lが単結合又はアルキレン基であって、Zがカルボン酸基である化合物が好ましい。
In the present invention, as the monomer represented by the general formula (iv), R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L 1 is an alkylene group or an oxyalkylene structure. A compound in which X is an oxygen atom or an imino group and Z is a carboxylic acid group is preferable.
Further, as the monomer represented by the general formula (v), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is an alkylene group, Z 1 is a carboxylic acid group, and Y is methine. Compounds that are groups are preferred.
Furthermore, as a monomer represented by the general formula (vi), R 14 , R 15 , and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L is a single bond or an alkylene group, and Z A compound in which is a carboxylic acid group is preferred.
 以下に、一般式(iv)~一般式(vi)で表される単量体(化合物)の代表的な例を示す。
 単量体の例としては、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、分子内に付加重合性二重結合及び水酸基を有する化合物(例えば、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル)とコハク酸無水物との反応物、分子内に付加重合性二重結合及び水酸基を有する化合物とフタル酸無水物との反応物、分子内に付加重合性二重結合及び水酸基を有する化合物とテトラヒドロキシフタル酸無水物との反応物、分子内に付加重合性二重結合及び水酸基を有する化合物と無水トリメリット酸との反応物、分子内に付加重合性二重結合及び水酸基を有する化合物とピロメリット酸無水物との反応物、アクリル酸、アクリル酸ダイマー、アクリル酸オリゴマー、マレイン酸、イタコン酸、フマル酸、4-ビニル安息香酸、ビニルフェノール、及び、4-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリルアミドなどが挙げられる。
The following are typical examples of monomers (compounds) represented by general formula (iv) to general formula (vi).
Examples of monomers include methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, a reaction product of a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) and succinic anhydride. , A reaction product of a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule with phthalic anhydride, a reaction product of a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule and tetrahydroxyphthalic anhydride , A reaction product of a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule and trimellitic anhydride, a reaction product of a compound having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule and pyromellitic anhydride, Acrylic acid, acrylic acid dimer, acrylic acid oligomer, maleic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, vinylphenol, and 4-hydroxy Phenyl methacrylamide.
 黒色顔料と相互作用を形成しうる官能基を有する構造単位の含有量は、黒色顔料との相互作用、分散安定性、及び現像液への浸透性の観点から、高分子化合物の全質量に対して、0.05~90質量%が好ましく、1.0~80質量%がより好ましく、10~70質量%がさらに好ましい。 The content of the structural unit having a functional group capable of forming an interaction with the black pigment is based on the total mass of the polymer compound from the viewpoint of the interaction with the black pigment, the dispersion stability, and the permeability to the developer. 0.05 to 90 mass% is preferable, 1.0 to 80 mass% is more preferable, and 10 to 70 mass% is still more preferable.
 さらに、高分子化合物は、画像強度などの諸性能を向上する目的で、本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて、グラフト鎖を有する構造単位、疎水性構造単位、及び、黒色顔料と相互作用を形成しうる官能基を有する構造単位とは異なる、種々の機能を有する他の構造単位(例えば、分散物に用いられる分散媒との親和性を有する官能基などを有する構造単位)をさらに有していてもよい。
 このような、他の構造単位としては、例えば、アクリロニトリル類、及び、メタクリロニトリル類などから選ばれるラジカル重合性化合物に由来の構造単位が挙げられる。
 高分子化合物は、これらの他の構造単位を1種或いは2種以上用いることができ、その含有量は、質量換算で、高分子化合物の総質量に対して、好ましくは0%以上80%以下であり、より好ましくは、10%以上60%以下である。含有量が上記範囲において、十分なパターン形成性が維持される。
Furthermore, for the purpose of improving various properties such as image strength, the polymer compound forms an interaction with the structural unit having a graft chain, the hydrophobic structural unit, and the black pigment as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. And further having other structural units having various functions (for example, structural units having functional groups having affinity with the dispersion medium used in the dispersion). May be.
Examples of such other structural units include structural units derived from radical polymerizable compounds selected from acrylonitriles and methacrylonitriles.
The polymer compound may use one or more of these other structural units, and the content thereof is preferably 0% or more and 80% or less in terms of mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound. More preferably, it is 10% or more and 60% or less. When the content is in the above range, sufficient pattern formability is maintained.
 高分子化合物の酸価は、0mgKOH/g以上160mgKOH/g以下の範囲であることが好ましく、より好ましくは10mgKOH/g以上140mgKOH/g以下の範囲であり、さらに好ましくは20mgKOH/g以上120mgKOH/g以下の範囲である。
 高分子化合物の酸価が160mgKOH/g以下であれば、黒色層を形成する際の現像時におけるパターン剥離がより効果的に抑えられる。また、高分子化合物の酸価が10mgKOH/g以上であればアルカリ現像性がより良好となる。また、高分子化合物の酸価が20mgKOH/g以上であれば、黒色顔料(特に、チタンブラック)、並びに、チタンブラック及びSi原子を含む被分散体の沈降をより抑制でき、粗大粒子数をより少なくすることができ、組成物の経時安定性をより向上できる。
The acid value of the polymer compound is preferably in the range of 0 mgKOH / g to 160 mgKOH / g, more preferably in the range of 10 mgKOH / g to 140 mgKOH / g, and still more preferably in the range of 20 mgKOH / g to 120 mgKOH / g. The range is as follows.
When the acid value of the polymer compound is 160 mgKOH / g or less, pattern peeling during development when forming the black layer is more effectively suppressed. Moreover, if the acid value of a high molecular compound is 10 mgKOH / g or more, alkali developability will become more favorable. Moreover, if the acid value of the polymer compound is 20 mgKOH / g or more, the precipitation of the black pigment (particularly titanium black) and the dispersion containing the titanium black and Si atoms can be further suppressed, and the number of coarse particles can be further increased. It can be reduced, and the stability with time of the composition can be further improved.
 本発明において、高分子化合物の酸価は、例えば、高分子化合物中における酸基の平均含有量から算出することができる。また、高分子化合物の構成成分である酸基を含有する構造単位の含有量を変化させることで所望の酸価を有する樹脂を得ることができる。 In the present invention, the acid value of the polymer compound can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the polymer compound. Moreover, the resin which has a desired acid value can be obtained by changing content of the structural unit containing the acid group which is a structural component of a high molecular compound.
 本発明における高分子化合物の重量平均分子量は、黒色層を形成する際において、現像時のパターン剥離抑制と現像性の観点から、GPC(ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー)法によるポリスチレン換算値として、4,000以上300,000以下であることが好ましく、5,000以上200,000以下であることがより好ましく、6,000以上100,000以下であることがさらに好ましく、10,000以上50,000以下であることが特に好ましい。
 GPC法は、HLC-8020GPC(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてTSKgel SuperHZM-H、TSKgel SuperHZ4000、TSKgel SuperHZ2000(東ソー(株)製、4.6mmID×15cm)を、溶離液としてTHF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いる方法に基づく。
The weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound in the present invention is 4,000 as a polystyrene converted value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method from the viewpoint of pattern peeling inhibition and developability during development when forming a black layer. It is preferably 300 or more and 300,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or more and 200,000 or less, further preferably 6,000 or more and 100,000 or less, and 10,000 or more and 50,000 or less. It is particularly preferred.
The GPC method uses HLC-8020GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), TSKgel SuperHZM-H, TSKgel SuperHZ4000, TSKgel SuperHZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, 4.6 mm ID × 15 cm) as columns and THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent. ).
 高分子化合物は、公知の方法に基づいて合成でき、高分子化合物を合成する際に用いられる溶剤としては、例えば、エチレンジクロリド、シクロヘキサノン、メチルエチルケトン、アセトン、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、2-メトキシエチルアセテート、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-メトキシ-2-プロピルアセテート、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、トルエン、酢酸エチル、乳酸メチル、及び、乳酸エチルなどが挙げられる。これらの溶剤は単独で用いても2種以上混合して用いてもよい。 The polymer compound can be synthesized based on a known method, and examples of the solvent used when synthesizing the polymer compound include ethylene dichloride, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, and ethylene glycol monomethyl. Ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, toluene, Examples include ethyl acetate, methyl lactate, and ethyl lactate. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本発明に用いうる高分子化合物の具体例としては、BYK Chemie社製「Disperbyk-161、162、163、164、165、166、170、190(商品名、高分子共重合物)」、及び、EFKA社製「EFKA4047、4050、4010、4165(商品名、ポリウレタン系)、EFKA4330、4340(商品名、ブロック共重合体)」等が挙げられる。
 これらの高分子化合物は、単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。
Specific examples of the polymer compound that can be used in the present invention include “Disperbyk-161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 170, 190 (trade name, polymer copolymer)” manufactured by BYK Chemie, and Examples thereof include “EFKA 4047, 4050, 4010, 4165 (trade name, polyurethane type), EFKA 4330, 4340 (trade name, block copolymer)” manufactured by EFKA.
These polymer compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 なお、高分子化合物の具体例の例としては、特開2013-249417号公報の段落0127~0129に記載の高分子化合物を参照でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As specific examples of the polymer compound, the polymer compounds described in paragraphs 0127 to 0129 of JP2013-249417A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 また、分散剤としては、上述した高分子化合物以外に、特開2010-106268号公報の段落0037~0115(対応するUS2011/0124824の段落0075~0133欄)のグラフト共重合体が使用でき、これらの内容は援用でき、本明細書に組み込まれる。
 また、上記以外にも、特開2011-153283号公報の段落0028~0084(対応するUS2011/0279759の段落0075~0133欄)の酸性基が連結基を介して結合してなる側鎖構造を有する構成成分を含む高分子化合物が使用でき、これらの内容は援用でき、本明細書に組み込まれる。
As the dispersant, in addition to the above-described polymer compound, graft copolymers described in JP-A 2010-106268, paragraphs 0037 to 0115 (corresponding to paragraphs 0075 to 0133 in US2011 / 0124824) can be used. Is incorporated herein by reference.
In addition to the above, it has a side chain structure in which acidic groups in paragraphs 0028 to 0084 (corresponding to columns 0075 to 0133 of US 2011/0279759) of JP 2011-153283 A are bonded via a linking group. Polymeric compounds containing components can be used, the contents of which can be incorporated and incorporated herein.
 本発明の組成物における分散剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~50質量%が好ましく、0.5~30質量%がより好ましい。 The content of the dispersant in the composition of the present invention is preferably from 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably from 0.5 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
<溶剤>
 本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。
 溶剤としては、水又は有機溶剤が挙げられる。
 有機溶剤の例としては、例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサン、酢酸エチル、エチレンジクロライド、テトラヒドロフラン、トルエン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、アセチルアセトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、ジアセトンアルコール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシプロパノール、メトキシメトキシエタノール、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシプロピルアセテート、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、及び、乳酸エチルなどが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
<Solvent>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
Examples of the solvent include water and organic solvents.
Examples of organic solvents include, for example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, ethylene dichloride, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether. , Acetylacetone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropanol, methoxymethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol Nomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropyl acetate, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, acetic acid Examples include, but are not limited to, ethyl, butyl acetate, methyl lactate, and ethyl lactate.
 溶剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 溶剤を2種以上組み合わせて用いる場合、特に好ましくは、上記の3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、及びプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートから選択される2種以上で構成される。
 組成物に含まれる溶剤の量としては、組成物の全質量に対し、10~90質量%であることが好ましく、20~85質量%であることがより好ましい。
A solvent may be used individually by 1 type and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
When two or more solvents are used in combination, the above-mentioned methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, It is composed of two or more selected from 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.
The amount of the solvent contained in the composition is preferably 10 to 90% by mass and more preferably 20 to 85% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition.
<重合性化合物>
 本発明の組成物は、重合性組成物を含有することが好ましい。
 重合性化合物は、少なくとも1個の付加重合可能なエチレン性不飽和基を有し、沸点が常圧で100℃以上である化合物が好ましい。
 少なくとも1個の付加重合可能なエチレン性不飽和基を有し、沸点が常圧で100℃以上である化合物としては、例えば、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の単官能のアクリレートやメタアクリレート;ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(アクリロイルオキシプロピル)エーテル、トリ(アクリロイロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、グリセリン又はトリメチロールエタン等の多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイド又はプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後(メタ)アクリレート化したもの、ペンタエリスリトール又はジペンタエリスリトールのポリ(メタ)アクリレート化したもの、特公昭48-41708号、特公昭50-6034号、特開昭51-37193号の各公報に記載のウレタンアクリレート類、特開昭48-64183号、特公昭49-43191号、特公昭52-30490号の各公報に記載のポリエステルアクリレート類、及び、エポキシ樹脂と(メタ)アクリル酸との反応生成物であるエポキシアクリレート類等の多官能のアクリレートやメタアクリレートを挙げることができる。さらに、日本接着協会誌Vol.20、No.7、300~308頁に光硬化性モノマー及びオリゴマーとして紹介されているものも使用できる。
 また、特開平10-62986号公報において一般式(1)及び一般式(2)としてその具体例と共に記載の多官能アルコールに、エチレンオキサイド又はプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後に(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物も用いることができる。
 なかでも、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、及びこれらのアクリロイル基がエチレングリコール残基、又は、プロピレングリコール残基を介してジペンタエリスリトールに連結している構造が好ましい。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。
 また、特公昭48-41708号、特開昭51-37193号、特公平2-32293号、及び特公平2-16765号の各公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-49860号、特公昭56-17654号、特公昭62-39417号、及び特公昭62-39418号の各公報記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。さらに、特開昭63-277653号、特開昭63-260909号、及び特開平1-105238号の各公報に記載される、分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する付加重合性化合物類を用いることによっては、非常に感光スピードに優れた光重合性組成物を得ることができる。市販品としては、ウレタンオリゴマーUAS-10、UAB-140(商品名、日本製紙ケミカル(株)製)、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(商品名、日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、及び、AI-600(商品名、共栄社化学(株)製)などが挙げられる。
 また、酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物類も好適であり、市販品としては、例えば、東亞合成株式会社製のカルボン酸基含有3官能アクリレートであるTO-756、及びカルボン酸基含有5官能アクリレートであるTO-1382などが挙げられる。本発明に用いられる重合性化合物としては、4官能以上のアクリレート化合物がより好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable composition.
The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group and having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher at normal pressure.
Examples of the compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group and having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher at normal pressure include, for example, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and Monofunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate; polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethane tri (meth) acrylate, neopentylglycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate , Pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (acryloyloxypropiate) ) Polyether of pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol after addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to polyfunctional alcohols such as ether, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerin or trimethylolethane (Meth) acrylates, urethane acrylates described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-B-50-6034, JP-A-51-37193, JP-A-48-64183, JP-B-49 Polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as polyester acrylates described in JP-A-43191 and JP-B 52-30490, and epoxy acrylates which are reaction products of epoxy resin and (meth) acrylic acid Can be mentioned Furthermore, the Japan Adhesion Association Vol. 20, No. 7, pages 300 to 308, which are introduced as photocurable monomers and oligomers, can also be used.
Further, compounds obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol described in JP-A-10-62986 as general formula (1) and general formula (2) together with specific examples thereof and then (meth) acrylated Can also be used.
Among them, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and a structure in which these acryloyl groups are linked to dipentaerythritol via an ethylene glycol residue or a propylene glycol residue. Is preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.
Further, urethane acrylates as described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, and JP-B-2-16765, and JP-B-58- Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-A-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable. Furthermore, addition polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238 are used. Depending on the situation, a photopolymerizable composition having an extremely excellent photosensitive speed can be obtained. Commercially available products include urethane oligomers UAS-10, UAB-140 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Paper Chemicals Co., Ltd.), UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (trade name, Nippon Kasei) Yakuhin Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, and AI-600 (trade name, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.).
Further, ethylenically unsaturated compounds having an acid group are also suitable. Examples of commercially available products include TO-756, which is a carboxylic acid group-containing trifunctional acrylate manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., and a carboxylic acid group-containing pentafunctional group. Examples thereof include TO-1382 which is an acrylate. The polymerizable compound used in the present invention is more preferably a tetrafunctional or higher acrylate compound.
 重合性化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 2種以上の重合性化合物を組み合わせて用いる場合、その組み合わせ態様は、組成物に要求される物性等に応じて適宜設定することができる。重合性化合物の好適な組み合わせ態様の一つとしては、例えば、上述した多官能のアクリレート化合物から選択した2種以上の重合性化合物を組み合わせる態様が挙げられ、その一例としては、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート及びペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートの組み合わせが挙げられる。
 本発明の組成物における重合性化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、3質量%~55質量%が好ましく、10質量%~50質量%がより好ましい。
A polymeric compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
When using in combination of 2 or more types of polymeric compounds, the combination aspect can be suitably set according to the physical property etc. which are requested | required of a composition. As one suitable combination mode of the polymerizable compound, for example, a mode in which two or more polymerizable compounds selected from the polyfunctional acrylate compounds described above are combined, and an example thereof is dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate. And a combination of pentaerythritol triacrylate.
The content of the polymerizable compound in the composition of the present invention is preferably 3% by mass to 55% by mass, and more preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
<重合開始剤>
 本発明の組成物は、重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。
 重合開始剤としては特に制限はなく、公知の重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができ、例えば、紫外線領域から可視の光線に対して感光性を有するもの(いわゆる、光重合開始剤)が好ましく、光励起された増感剤と何らかの作用を生じ、活性ラジカルを生成する活性剤であってもよく、モノマーの種類に応じてカチオン重合を開始させるような開始剤であってもよい。
 また、重合開始剤は、約300~800nm(330~500nmがより好ましい。)の範囲内に少なくとも約50の分子吸光係数を有する成分を少なくとも1種含有していることが好ましい。
<Polymerization initiator>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization initiator.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a polymerization initiator, It can select suitably from well-known polymerization initiators, For example, what has photosensitivity with respect to a visible ray from an ultraviolet region (what is called a photoinitiator). Preferably, it may be an activator that generates an active radical by causing some action with a photoexcited sensitizer, and may be an initiator that initiates cationic polymerization according to the type of monomer.
The polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one component having a molecular extinction coefficient of at least about 50 within a range of about 300 to 800 nm (more preferably 330 to 500 nm).
 重合開始剤としては、例えば、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有するもの、オキサジアゾール骨格を有するもの)、アシルホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム誘導体等のオキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、ケトオキシムエーテル、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、及び、ヒドロキシアセトフェノンなどが挙げられる。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、及び、特許第4225898号公報に記載のアシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤も用いることができる。
 ヒドロキシアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959、及び、IRGACURE-127(商品名:いずれもチバジャパン社製)を用いることができる。
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、及び、IRGACURE-379(商品名:いずれもチバジャパン社製)を用いることができる。
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤として、365nm又は405nm等の長波光源に吸収波長がマッチングされた特開2009-191179号公報に記載の化合物も用いることができる。
 アシルホスフィン系開始剤としては市販品であるIRGACURE-819、及び、DAROCUR-TPO(商品名:いずれもチバジャパン社製)を用いることができる。
Examples of the polymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, those having a triazine skeleton, those having an oxadiazole skeleton), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, oximes such as hexaarylbiimidazole and oxime derivatives. Examples thereof include compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, and hydroxyacetophenones. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone initiator described in JP-A-10-291969 and an acylphosphine oxide initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (trade names: all manufactured by Ciba Japan) can be used.
As the aminoacetophenone initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) can be used.
As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179 in which an absorption wavelength is matched with a long wave light source of 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
As the acylphosphine-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by Ciba Japan) can be used.
 重合開始剤としてオキシム系開始剤(オキシム化合物)を含有することが好ましい。
 オキシム系開始剤の具体的化合物名としては、2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-ブタンジオン、2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-ペンタンジオン、2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-ヘキサンジオン、2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-ヘプタンジオン、2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-オクタンジオン、2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)-1-[4-(メチルフェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-ブタンジオン、2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)-1-[4-(エチルフェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-ブタンジオン、2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)-1-[4-(ブチルフェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-ブタンジオン、1-(O-アセチルオキシム)-1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノン、1-(O-アセチルオキシム)-1-[9-メチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノン、1-(O-アセチルオキシム)-1-[9-プロプル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノン、1-(O-アセチルオキシム)-1-[9-エチル-6-(2-エチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノン、及び、1-(O-アセチルオキシム)-1-[9-エチル-6-(2-ブチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノンなどが挙げられる。
It is preferable to contain an oxime initiator (oxime compound) as a polymerization initiator.
Specific compound names of the oxime initiator include 2- (O-benzoyloxime) -1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-butanedione, 2- (O-benzoyloxime) -1- [ 4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-pentanedione, 2- (O-benzoyloxime) -1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-hexanedione, 2- (O-benzoyloxime) -1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-heptanedione, 2- (O-benzoyloxime) -1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-octanedione, 2- (O -Benzoyloxime) -1- [4- (methylphenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-butanedione, 2- (O-benzoyloxime) -1- [4- (ethylphenyl) E) Phenyl] -1,2-butanedione, 2- (O-benzoyloxime) -1- [4- (butylphenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-butanedione, 1- (O-acetyloxime) -1- [9-Ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethanone, 1- (O-acetyloxime) -1- [9-methyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H -Carbazol-3-yl] ethanone, 1- (O-acetyloxime) -1- [9-propyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethanone, 1- (O-acetyl) Oxime) -1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-ethylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethanone and 1- (O-acetyloxime) -1- [9-ethyl- - (2-butyl benzoyl) -9H- carbazol-3-yl] ethanone, and the like.
 オキシム系開始剤としては、TRONLY TR-PBG-304、TRONLY TR-PBG-309、TRONLY TR-PBG-305(常州強力電子新材料有限公司(CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO.,LTD)製)などの市販品が使用できる。また、特開2012-113104号公報の段落0092~0096に記載されているオキシム系開始剤の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。このようなオキシム系開始剤を使用することで、硬化感度が高く、現像性が良好な組成物を提供することができる。上記オキシム系開始剤は、特開2012-113104号公報の段落0030以降に説明されている化合物である。一般式としては、特開2012-113104号公報の請求項1に記載の一般式(I)で表され、より好ましくは請求項3に記載の一般式(I-A)で表されるものであり、これらの記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 また、J.C.S. Perkin II (1979)1653-1660、J.C.S. Perkin II (1979)156-162、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995)202-232、特開2000-66385号公報記載の化合物、特開2000-80068号公報の段落0218~0281、特表2004-534797号公報の段落0242~0251に記載の化合物、BASFジャパン社製 IRGACURE OXE 01(1.2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)])、IRGACURE OXE 02(エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)),2-(アセチルオキシイミノメチル)チオキサンテン-9-オン、O-アシルオキシム系化合物(例えば、アデカオプトマー N-1919、アデカクルーズ NCI-831)等も挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 さらに、特開2007-231000号公報の段落0031、及び、特開2007-322744号公報の段落0039に記載される環状オキシム化合物、特開2007-269779号公報の段落0060~0062に示される特定置換基を有するオキシム化合物、特開2009-191061号公報の段落0090~0106に示されるチオアリール基を有するオキシム化合物、及び、特開2001-233842号公報の段落0375~0409記載の化合物等も挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 また、フッ素原子を有するオキシム開始剤を用いることも可能である。そのような開始剤の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載されている化合物、特表2014-500852号公報の段落0345に記載されている化合物24、36~40、及び、特開2013-164471号公報の段落0101に記載されている化合物(C-3)が挙げられる。
Examples of oxime initiators include TRONLY TR-PBG-304, TRONLY TR-PBG-309, TRONLY TR-PBG-305 (manufactured by CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO., LTD). Commercial products can be used. In addition, the description of oxime initiators described in paragraphs 0092 to 0096 of JP2012-113104A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. By using such an oxime initiator, a composition having high curing sensitivity and good developability can be provided. The oxime-based initiator is a compound described in paragraphs 0030 and later of JP2012-113104A. The general formula is represented by the general formula (I) described in claim 1 of JP2012-113104A, and more preferably expressed by the general formula (IA) described in claim 3. Yes, these descriptions can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
In addition, J.H. C. S. Perkin II (1979) 1653-1660, J. MoI. C. S. Perkin II (1979) 156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) 202-232, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-66385, Paragraphs 0218-0281 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-80068, Special Table 2004 Compounds described in paragraphs 0242 to 0251 of No. 534797, IRGACURE OXE 01 (1.2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (O-benzoyloxime)]), IRGACURE manufactured by BASF Japan OXE 02 (ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime)), 2- (acetyloxyiminomethyl) thioxa Ten-9-one, O- acyl oxime compounds (e.g., ADEKAOPTOMER N-1919, ADEKA cruise NCI-831) or the like may be mentioned, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Further, the cyclic oxime compounds described in paragraph 0031 of JP 2007-231000 A and paragraph 0039 of JP 2007-322744 A and specific substitutions shown in paragraphs 0060 to 0062 of JP 2007-26979 A Oxime compounds having a group, oxime compounds having a thioaryl group shown in paragraphs 0090 to 0106 of JP-A-2009-191061, and compounds described in paragraphs 0375 to 0409 of JP-A-2001-233842, etc. These contents are incorporated herein.
It is also possible to use an oxime initiator having a fluorine atom. Specific examples of such an initiator include compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of JP 2014-500852 A, and JP And compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of JP2013-164471A.
 本発明の組成物における重合開始剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、1~25質量%であることがより好ましく、1~10質量%であることがさらに好ましい。 The content of the polymerization initiator in the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferably, it is ˜10% by mass.
<バインダーポリマー>
 本発明の組成物は、バインダーポリマーを含有することが好ましい。
 バインダーポリマーとしては、線状有機ポリマーを用いることが好ましい。このような線状有機ポリマーとしては、公知のものを任意に使用することができる。好ましくは、水現像又は弱アルカリ水現像を可能とするために、水又は弱アルカリ水に可溶性又は膨潤性である線状有機ポリマーが選択される。なかでも、バインダーポリマーとしては、アルカリ可溶性樹脂が特に好ましい。
 バインダーポリマーとしては、線状有機高分子重合体であって、分子(好ましくは、アクリル系共重合体、スチレン系共重合体を主鎖とする分子)中に少なくとも1つのアルカリ可溶性を促進する基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂の中から適宜選択することができる。耐熱性の観点からは、ポリヒドロキシスチレン系樹脂、ポリシロキサン系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、及び、アクリル/アクリルアミド共重合体樹脂が好ましく、現像性制御の観点からは、アクリル系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、及び、アクリル/アクリルアミド共重合体樹脂が好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性を促進する基(以下、酸基ともいう)としては、例えば、カルボン酸基、リン酸基、スルホン酸基、及び、フェノール性水酸基などが挙げられるが、有機溶剤に可溶で弱アルカリ水溶液により現像可能なものが好ましく、カルボン酸基がより好ましい。このようなカルボン酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては、(メタ)アクリル酸由来の繰り返し単位が好ましいものとして挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。
<Binder polymer>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a binder polymer.
As the binder polymer, a linear organic polymer is preferably used. As such a linear organic polymer, a well-known thing can be used arbitrarily. Preferably, a linear organic polymer that is soluble or swellable in water or weak alkaline water is selected to enable water development or weak alkaline water development. Especially, as a binder polymer, alkali-soluble resin is especially preferable.
The binder polymer is a linear organic polymer, and is a group that promotes at least one alkali solubility in a molecule (preferably a molecule having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). It can be suitably selected from alkali-soluble resins having From the viewpoint of heat resistance, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polysiloxane resin, acrylic resin, acrylamide resin, and acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resin are preferable. From the viewpoint of development control, acrylic resin, Acrylamide resins and acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred.
Examples of groups that promote alkali solubility (hereinafter also referred to as acid groups) include carboxylic acid groups, phosphoric acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, and phenolic hydroxyl groups, but are soluble in organic solvents and weakly alkaline. Those that can be developed with an aqueous solution are preferred, and carboxylic acid groups are more preferred. As the repeating unit having such a carboxylic acid group, a repeating unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid is preferable. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 バインダーポリマーとしては、例えば、側鎖にカルボン酸基を有するラジカル重合体、例えば特開昭59-44615号、特公昭54-34327号、特公昭58-12577号、特公昭54-25957号、特開昭54-92723号、特開昭59-53836号、及び、特開昭59-71048号に記載されているもの、すなわち、カルボン酸基を有するモノマーを単独或いは共重合させた樹脂、酸無水物を有するモノマーを単独或いは共重合させ酸無水物ユニットを加水分解若しくはハーフエステル化若しくはハーフアミド化させた樹脂、及び、エポキシ樹脂を不飽和モノカルボン酸及び酸無水物で変性させたエポキシアクリレート等が挙げられる。カルボン酸基を有するモノマーの例としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、及び、4-カルボキシルスチレン等が挙げられ、酸無水物を有するモノマーの例としては、無水マレイン酸等が挙げられる。また、同様に側鎖にカルボン酸基を有する酸性セルロース誘導体も例として挙げられる。この他に水酸基を有する重合体に環状酸無水物を付加させたものなどが有用である。
 また、欧州特許第993966号、欧州特許第1204000号、及び、特開2001-318463号等の各公報に記載の酸基を有するアセタール変性ポリビニルアルコール系バインダーポリマーは、膜強度、及び、現像性のバランスに優れており、好適である。
 さらに、この他に水溶性線状有機ポリマーとして、ポリビニルピロリドン、及び、ポリエチレンオキサイド等が有用である。また、硬化皮膜の強度を上げるために、アルコール可溶性ナイロンや2,2-ビス-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-プロパンとエピクロロヒドリンとの反応物であるポリエーテル等も有用である。
Examples of the binder polymer include radical polymers having a carboxylic acid group in the side chain, such as JP-A-59-44615, JP-B-54-34327, JP-B-58-12577, JP-B-54-25957, Those described in Kaikai 54-92723, JP-A-59-53836, and JP-A-59-71048, ie, resins obtained by homopolymerizing or copolymerizing monomers having a carboxylic acid group; Resins in which acid anhydride units are hydrolyzed, half-esterified or half-amidated by homo- or copolymerization of monomers having products, epoxy acrylates in which epoxy resins are modified with unsaturated monocarboxylic acids and acid anhydrides, etc. Is mentioned. Examples of the monomer having a carboxylic acid group include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, and 4-carboxylstyrene. Examples of monomers having an acid anhydride include And maleic anhydride. Similarly, an acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid group in the side chain is also exemplified. In addition, those obtained by adding a cyclic acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group are useful.
Further, the acetal-modified polyvinyl alcohol-based binder polymer having an acid group described in European Patent No. 993966, European Patent No. 1204000, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-318463 has film strength and developability. It is excellent in balance and is suitable.
In addition, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene oxide, and the like are useful as the water-soluble linear organic polymer. In order to increase the strength of the cured film, alcohol-soluble nylon, polyether which is a reaction product of 2,2-bis- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -propane and epichlorohydrin is also useful.
 特に、これらの中でも、〔ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/必要に応じてその他の付加重合性ビニルモノマー〕共重合体、及び〔アリル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/必要に応じてその他の付加重合性ビニルモノマー〕共重合体は、膜強度、感度、及び、現像性のバランスに優れており、好適である。
 市販品としては、例えばアクリベースFF-187、FF-426(藤倉化成社製)、アクリキュア-RD-F8(日本触媒(株))、及び、ダイセルオルネクス(株)製サイクロマーP(ACA)230AAなどが挙げられる。
In particular, among these, [benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / other addition-polymerizable vinyl monomer as required] copolymer, and [allyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / necessary The other addition-polymerizable vinyl monomer] copolymer is suitable because it is excellent in the balance of film strength, sensitivity, and developability.
Commercially available products include, for example, Acrybase FF-187, FF-426 (manufactured by Fujikura Kasei Co., Ltd.), Acrycure-RD-F8 (Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.), and Cyclomer P (ACA) manufactured by Daicel Ornex Co., Ltd. 230AA etc. are mentioned.
 バインダーポリマーの製造には、例えば、公知のラジカル重合法による方法を適用することができる。ラジカル重合法でアルカリ可溶性樹脂を製造する際の温度、圧力、ラジカル開始剤の種類及びその量、並びに、溶剤の種類等々の重合条件は、当業者において容易に設定可能であり、実験的に条件を定めるようにすることもできる。 For the production of the binder polymer, for example, a known radical polymerization method can be applied. Polymerization conditions such as temperature, pressure, type and amount of radical initiator, and type of solvent when producing an alkali-soluble resin by radical polymerization can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and experimental conditions It is also possible to determine.
 本発明の組成物におけるバインダーポリマーの含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~30質量%であることが好ましく、0.3~25質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the binder polymer in the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass and more preferably 0.3 to 25% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the composition.
<その他の成分>
 本発明の組成物には、上述した成分以外が含まれていてもよい。
 例えば、本発明の組成物には、密着剤が含まれていてもよい。密着剤が含まれることにより、黒色層の基材に対する密着性が向上する。
 密着剤としては、シラン系カップリング剤、チタンカップリング剤等が挙げられる。
 シラン系カップリング剤としては、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピル-メチルジメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製商品名 KBM-602)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピル-トリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製商品名 KBM-603)、N-β-アミノエチル-γ-アミノプロピル-トリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製商品名 KBE-602)、γ-アミノプロピル-トリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製商品名 KBM-903)、γ-アミノプロピル-トリエトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製商品名 KBE-903)、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製商品名 KBM-503)などが挙げられる。
 密着剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.5質量%~30質量%であることが好ましく、0.7質量%~20質量%であることがより好ましく、0.7質量%~5質量%であることがさらに好ましい。
<Other ingredients>
The composition of the present invention may contain components other than those described above.
For example, the composition of the present invention may contain an adhesive. By including the adhesive, the adhesion of the black layer to the base material is improved.
Examples of the adhesion agent include a silane coupling agent and a titanium coupling agent.
Examples of silane coupling agents include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-methyldimethoxysilane (trade name KBM-602 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxy. Silane (trade name KBM-603, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-triethoxysilane (trade name KBE-602, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane (Trade name KBM-903 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), γ-aminopropyl-triethoxysilane (trade name KBE-903 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (trade name manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) KBM-503) and the like.
The content of the adhesion agent is preferably 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.7% by mass to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferably, it is 7% by mass to 5% by mass.
 本発明の組成物には、紫外線吸収剤が含まれていてもよい。これにより、パターンの形状をより優れた(精細な)ものにすることができる。
 紫外線吸収剤としては、サリシレート系、ベンゾフェノン系、ベンゾトリアゾール系、置換アクリロニトリル系、及び、トリアジン系の紫外線吸収剤を使用することができる。これらの具体例としては、特開2012-068418号公報の段落0137~0142(対応するUS2012/0068292の段落0251~0254欄)の化合物が使用でき、これらの内容が援用でき、本明細書に組み込まれる。
 他にジエチルアミノ-フェニルスルホニル系紫外線吸収剤(大東化学製、商品名:UV-503)なども好適に用いられる。
 紫外線吸収剤としては、特開2012-32556号公報の段落0134~0148に例示される化合物が挙げられる。
 組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含んでも含まなくてもよいが、含む場合、紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.001~15質量%が好ましく、0.01~10質量%がより好ましく、0.1~5質量%がさらに好ましい。
The composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Thereby, the shape of a pattern can be made more excellent (fine).
As the ultraviolet absorber, salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, and triazine-based ultraviolet absorbers can be used. As specific examples thereof, compounds of paragraphs 0137 to 0142 of JP2012-068418A (corresponding to paragraphs 0251 to 0254 of US2012 / 0068292) can be used, and the contents thereof can be incorporated and incorporated in the present specification. It is.
In addition, a diethylamino-phenylsulfonyl ultraviolet absorber (trade name: UV-503, manufactured by Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.) is also preferably used.
Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include compounds exemplified in paragraphs 0134 to 0148 of JP2012-32556A.
The composition may or may not contain an ultraviolet absorber, but when it is contained, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.001 to 15% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition. The content is more preferably from 01 to 10% by mass, and further preferably from 0.1 to 5% by mass.
 組成物には、塗布性をより向上させる観点から、各種の界面活性剤を添加してもよい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、及び、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用できる。特に、本発明の組成物は、フッ素系界面活性剤を含有することで、液特性(特に、流動性)がより向上することから、塗布厚の均一性や省液性をより改善することができる。
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、メガファックF171、同F172、同F173、同F176、同F177、同F141、同F142、同F143、同F144、同R30、同F437、同F475、同F479、同F482、同F554、同F780、同F781F(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、同FC431、同FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、同SC-101、同SC-103、同SC-104、同SC-105、同SC1068、同SC-381、同SC-383、同S393、及び、同KH-40(以上、旭硝子(株)製)等が挙げられる。
 他の界面活性剤の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-249417号公報の段落0174~0177に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 界面活性剤は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせてもよい。
 界面活性剤の添加量は、組成物の全質量に対して、0.001~2.0質量%が好ましく、0.005~1.0質量%がより好ましい。
Various surfactants may be added to the composition from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used. In particular, the composition of the present invention can further improve the uniformity of coating thickness and the liquid-saving property because the liquid property (particularly fluidity) is further improved by containing a fluorine-based surfactant. it can.
Examples of the fluorosurfactant include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, F780, F781F (above, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC1068, SC-381, SC-383, S393, KH-40 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), etc. .
Specific examples of other surfactants include, for example, surfactants described in paragraphs 0174 to 0177 of JP2013-249417A, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be combined.
The addition amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition.
 上記成分以外にも、組成物には、以下の成分をさらに添加してもよい。例えば、増感剤、共増感剤、架橋剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、重合禁止剤、可塑剤、希釈剤、感脂化剤などが挙げられ、さらに基材表面への密着促進剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、充填剤、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、酸化防止剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)等の公知の添加剤を必要に応じて加えてもよい。
 これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落0183~0228(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の[0237]~[0309])、特開2008-250074号公報の段落0101~0102、段落0103~0104、段落0107~0109、及び、特開2013-195480号公報の段落番号0159~0184等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
In addition to the above components, the following components may be further added to the composition. Examples include sensitizers, co-sensitizers, cross-linking agents, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, polymerization inhibitors, plasticizers, diluents, sensitizers, and the like. Adhesion promoters and other auxiliaries (for example, conductive particles, fillers, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, antioxidants, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.) These known additives may be added as necessary.
These components are described in, for example, paragraphs 0183 to 0228 of JP2012-003225A (corresponding [0237] to [0309] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812) and JP2008-250074A. Paragraphs 0101 to 0102, paragraphs 0103 to 0104, paragraphs 0107 to 0109, paragraph numbers 0159 to 0184 of JP 2013-195480 A, and the like, which are incorporated herein by reference.
 本発明の組成物の固形分濃度は5~50質量%であることが好ましく、形成される黒色層の厚み及び遮光性のバランスの点で、15~40質量%であることがより好ましい。 The solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, and more preferably 15 to 40% by mass from the viewpoint of the balance between the thickness of the black layer to be formed and the light shielding property.
<組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の組成物は、上述した各種成分を公知の混合方法(例えば、攪拌機、ホモジナイザー、高圧乳化装置、湿式粉砕機、湿式分散機)により混合して調製することができる。
 本発明の組成物は、異物の除去、及び、欠陥の低減などの目的で、フィルタで濾過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているものであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、PTFE(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン等のポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度、超高分子量を含む)等によるフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)、及び、ナイロンが好ましい。
 フィルタの孔径は、0.1~7.0μm程度が適しており、好ましくは0.2~2.5μm程度、より好ましくは0.2~1.5μm程度、さらに好ましくは0.3~0.7μmである。この範囲とすることにより、顔料のろ過詰まりを抑えつつ、顔料に含まれる不純物や凝集物など、微細な異物を確実に除去することが可能となる。
 フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。その際、第1のフィルタでのフィルタリングは、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。異なるフィルタを組み合わせて2回以上フィルタリングを行う場合は1回目のフィルタリングの孔径より2回目以降の孔径が同じ、又は大きい方が好ましい。また、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径の第1のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。ここでの孔径は、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。市販のフィルタとしては、例えば、日本ポール株式会社、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)、及び、株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタの中から選択することができる。
 第2のフィルタは、上述した第1のフィルタと同様の材料等で形成されたものを使用することができる。第2のフィルタの孔径は、0.2~10.0μm程度が適しており、好ましくは0.2~7.0μm程度、より好ましくは0.3~6.0μm程度である。この範囲とすることにより、混合液に含有されている成分粒子を残存させたまま、混合液に混入している異物を除去することができる。
 例えば、第1のフィルタでのフィルタリングは、分散液のみで行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第2のフィルタリングを行ってもよい。
<Method for preparing composition>
The composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-described various components by a known mixing method (for example, a stirrer, a homogenizer, a high-pressure emulsifier, a wet pulverizer, a wet disperser).
The composition of the present invention is preferably filtered with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. Any filter can be used without particular limitation as long as it has been conventionally used for filtration. For example, a filter made of fluorine resin such as PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), polyamide resin such as nylon, polyolefin resin (including high density and ultra high molecular weight) such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP), and the like can be given. Among these materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) and nylon are preferable.
The pore size of the filter is suitably about 0.1 to 7.0 μm, preferably about 0.2 to 2.5 μm, more preferably about 0.2 to 1.5 μm, and still more preferably 0.3 to 0.0 μm. 7 μm. By setting it within this range, it is possible to reliably remove fine foreign matters such as impurities and aggregates contained in the pigment while suppressing filtration clogging of the pigment.
When using filters, different filters may be combined. At that time, the filtering by the first filter may be performed only once or may be performed twice or more. When filtering two or more times by combining different filters, it is preferable that the second and subsequent pore diameters are the same or larger than the pore diameter of the first filtering. Moreover, you may combine the 1st filter of a different hole diameter within the range mentioned above. The pore diameter here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, select from various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd., Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Japan Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Japan Microlith Co., Ltd.), KITZ Micro Filter Co., Ltd., etc. Can do.
As the second filter, a filter formed of the same material as the first filter described above can be used. The pore size of the second filter is suitably about 0.2 to 10.0 μm, preferably about 0.2 to 7.0 μm, more preferably about 0.3 to 6.0 μm. By setting it as this range, the foreign material mixed in the liquid mixture can be removed while the component particles contained in the liquid mixture remain.
For example, the filtering by the first filter may be performed only with the dispersion, and the second filtering may be performed after mixing other components.
<黒色層の製造方法>
 上述した黒色層形成用組成物を用いることにより、黒色層を形成することができる。
 黒色層の製造方法は特に制限されないが、上述した組成物を基板上に塗布して塗膜を形成して、塗膜に対して硬化処理を施し、黒色層を製造する方法が挙げられる。
 硬化処理の方法は特に制限されず、光硬化処理、及び、熱硬化処理が挙げられ、パターン形成が容易である点から、光硬化処理(特に、紫外線照射処理)が好ましい。
 なお、使用される基板の種類は特に制限されず、固体撮像装置内の各種部材(例えば、赤外光カットフィルタ)などが好ましく挙げられる。
<Black layer production method>
A black layer can be formed by using the composition for forming a black layer described above.
Although the manufacturing method in particular of a black layer is not restrict | limited, The method of apply | coating the composition mentioned above on a board | substrate, forming a coating film, performing a hardening process with respect to a coating film, and manufacturing a black layer is mentioned.
The method for the curing treatment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a photocuring treatment and a thermosetting treatment, and a photocuring treatment (particularly, an ultraviolet irradiation treatment) is preferable because pattern formation is easy.
In addition, the kind of board | substrate used in particular is not restrict | limited, The various members (for example, infrared-light cut filter) in a solid-state imaging device etc. are mentioned preferably.
 パターン状の黒色層を製造する場合の好適態様としては、基板上に、本発明の組成物を塗布して組成物層を形成する工程(以下、適宜「組成物層形成工程」と略称する。)と、マスクを介して組成物層を露光する工程(以下、適宜「露光工程」と略称する。)と、露光後の組成物層を現像して黒色層(パターン状黒色層)を形成する工程(以下、適宜「現像工程」と略称する。)と、を含む態様が挙げられる。
 具体的には、本発明の組成物を、直接又は他の層を介して基板上に塗布して、組成物層を形成し(組成物層形成工程)、所定のマスクパターンを介して露光し、光照射された塗布膜部分だけを硬化させ(露光工程)、現像液で現像することによって(現像工程)、パターン状の黒色層を製造することができる。
 以下、上記態様における各工程について説明する。
As a preferred embodiment in the case of producing a patterned black layer, a step of forming a composition layer by applying the composition of the present invention on a substrate (hereinafter, abbreviated as “composition layer formation step” as appropriate). ), A step of exposing the composition layer through a mask (hereinafter abbreviated as “exposure step” as appropriate), and developing the exposed composition layer to form a black layer (patterned black layer). And a step (hereinafter abbreviated as “development step” as appropriate).
Specifically, the composition of the present invention is applied on a substrate directly or via another layer to form a composition layer (composition layer forming step), and exposed through a predetermined mask pattern. By curing only the light-irradiated coating film portion (exposure step) and developing with a developer (development step), a patterned black layer can be produced.
Hereinafter, each process in the said aspect is demonstrated.
[組成物層形成工程]
 組成物層形成工程では、基板上に、本発明の組成物を塗布して組成物層を形成する。
 基板としては、例えば、固体撮像装置内の各種部材(例えば、赤外光カットフィルタ、固体撮像素子の外周部、ウェハーレベルレンズ外周部、及び、固体撮像素子裏面など)などが挙げられる。
 基板上への本発明の組成物の塗布方法としては、スリット塗布、インクジェット法、回転塗布、流延塗布、ロール塗布、及び、スクリーン印刷法等の各種の塗布方法を適用することができる。
 基板上に塗布された組成物は、通常、70℃以上110℃以下で2分以上4分以下程度の条件下で乾燥され、組成物層が形成される。
[Composition layer forming step]
In the composition layer forming step, a composition layer is formed by applying the composition of the present invention on a substrate.
Examples of the substrate include various members in the solid-state imaging device (for example, an infrared light cut filter, an outer peripheral portion of the solid-state imaging device, an outer peripheral portion of a wafer level lens, and a back surface of the solid-state imaging device).
As a coating method of the composition of the present invention on the substrate, various coating methods such as slit coating, ink jet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing method can be applied.
The composition coated on the substrate is usually dried at 70 ° C. to 110 ° C. for about 2 minutes to 4 minutes to form a composition layer.
〔露光工程〕
 露光工程では、組成物層形成工程において形成された組成物層をマスクを介して露光し、光照射された組成物層部分だけを硬化させる。
 露光は放射線の照射により行うことが好ましく、露光に際して用いることができる放射線としては、特に、g線、h線、i線等の紫外線が好ましく用いられ、光源としては高圧水銀灯が好まれる。照射強度は5mJ/cm以上1500mJ/cm以下が好ましく、10mJ/cm以上1000mJ/cm以下がより好ましい。
[Exposure process]
In the exposure step, the composition layer formed in the composition layer forming step is exposed through a mask, and only the composition layer portion irradiated with light is cured.
The exposure is preferably performed by irradiation with radiation. As radiation that can be used for exposure, ultraviolet rays such as g-line, h-line, and i-line are preferably used, and a high-pressure mercury lamp is preferred as a light source. The irradiation intensity is preferably 5 mJ / cm 2 or more 1500 mJ / cm 2 or less, 10 mJ / cm 2 or more 1000 mJ / cm 2 or less being more preferred.
〔現像工程〕
 露光工程に次いで、現像処理(現像工程)を行い、露光工程における光未照射部分を現像液(例えば、アルカリ水溶液)に溶出させる。これにより、光硬化した部分だけが残る。
 現像液としては、有機アルカリ現像液が望ましい。現像温度としては通常20℃以上30℃以下であり、現像時間は20秒以上90秒以下である。
 アルカリ水溶液としては、例えば、無機系現像液としては水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、硅酸ナトリウム、及び、メタ硅酸ナトリウム、有機アルカリ現像液としては、アンモニア水、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、及び、1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5,4,0]-7-ウンデセン等のアルカリ性化合物を、濃度が0.001~10質量%、好ましくは0.005~0.5質量%となるように溶解したアルカリ水溶液が挙げられる。アルカリ水溶液には、例えばメタノール、及び、エタノール等の水溶性有機溶剤、及び/又は、界面活性剤等を適量添加することもできる。なお、このようなアルカリ水溶液からなる現像液を使用した場合には、一般に現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)する。
[Development process]
Subsequent to the exposure process, a development process (development process) is performed, and the light non-irradiated part in the exposure process is eluted in a developer (for example, an alkaline aqueous solution). Thereby, only the photocured part remains.
As the developer, an organic alkali developer is desirable. The development temperature is usually from 20 ° C. to 30 ° C., and the development time is from 20 seconds to 90 seconds.
Examples of the alkaline aqueous solution include, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium oxalate, and sodium metasilicate as the inorganic developer, and ammonia water, ethylamine as the organic alkali developer. , Diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, and 1,8-diazabicyclo- An alkali in which an alkaline compound such as [5,4,0] -7-undecene is dissolved so as to have a concentration of 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 0.5% by mass Solution, and the like. An appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol and ethanol, and / or a surfactant can also be added to the alkaline aqueous solution. In the case of using a developer composed of such an alkaline aqueous solution, it is generally washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.
 なお、組成物層形成工程、露光工程、及び現像工程を行った後に、必要により、形成されたパターン状の黒色層を加熱及び/又は露光により硬化する硬化工程を実施してもよい。 In addition, after performing a composition layer formation process, an exposure process, and a image development process, you may implement the hardening process which hardens | cures the formed pattern-shaped black layer by heating and / or exposure as needed.
<<低屈折率層>>
 低屈折率層を構成する材料は特に制限されず、上記屈折率を満たせばよいが、なかでも、屈折率の制御が容易である点から、シロキサン樹脂、及び、フッ素樹脂などの透明樹脂であることが好ましい。また、後述するように、低屈折率層には、中空粒子、非中空粒子、又は、界面活性剤が含まれていてもよい。低屈折率層は、上記透明樹脂、及び、他の成分を含む塗布液を用いて形成されることが好ましい。
 以下、低屈折率層を構成する材料について詳述する。
<< Low refractive index layer >>
The material constituting the low-refractive index layer is not particularly limited, and may satisfy the above-described refractive index. Among them, a transparent resin such as a siloxane resin and a fluororesin is preferable because the refractive index can be easily controlled. It is preferable. Moreover, as will be described later, the low refractive index layer may contain hollow particles, non-hollow particles, or a surfactant. The low refractive index layer is preferably formed using a coating solution containing the transparent resin and other components.
Hereinafter, the material constituting the low refractive index layer will be described in detail.
<シロキサン樹脂>
 シロキサン樹脂は、アルコキシシラン化合物を用いて、加水分解反応及び縮合反応を介して得ることができる。より具体的には、例えば、アルキルトリアルコキシシランの一部又は全部のアルコキシ基が加水分解してシラノール基に変換し、生成したシラノール基の少なくとも一部が縮合してSi-O-Si結合を形成したものが挙げられる。シロキサン樹脂は、かご型、はしご型、及び、ランダム型等のいずれのシルセスキオキサン構造を有するシロキサン樹脂であってもよい。なお、上記「かご型」、「はしご型」、及び「ランダム型」は、例えばシルセスキオキサン材料の化学と応用展開(シーエムシー出版)等に記載されている構造を参照することができる。
<Siloxane resin>
A siloxane resin can be obtained through an hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction using an alkoxysilane compound. More specifically, for example, a part or all of alkoxy groups of alkyltrialkoxysilane are hydrolyzed to be converted into silanol groups, and at least a part of the generated silanol groups is condensed to form Si—O—Si bonds. What was formed is mentioned. The siloxane resin may be a siloxane resin having any silsesquioxane structure such as a cage type, a ladder type, and a random type. The “cage type”, “ladder type”, and “random type” can refer to, for example, the structures described in the chemistry and application development of silsesquioxane materials (CMC Publishing).
 本実施形態のシロキサン樹脂は下記式(1)で表されるシルセスキオキサン構造を有することが好ましい。
  -(RSiO3/2-   式(1)
(上記式(1)中、Rはハロゲン原子(好ましくは、フッ素原子)を有していてもよい炭素数1~12のアルキル基を表し、炭素数1~6が好ましく、炭素数1~3がより好ましい。nは10~10,000の整数であり、20~1,000の整数が好ましい。)
 上記Rが示すアルキル基は上記炭素数の範囲であれば特に制限されないが、例えばメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、及び、イソプロピル基などが挙げられる。中でもメチル基、及び、エチル基が好ましく、より好ましいのはメチル基である。Rは後述する置換基Tを有してもよく、任意の置換基として、例えば、グリシジルオキシ基、及び、フッ素原子を有するフルオロアルキル基を挙げることができる。
The siloxane resin of this embodiment preferably has a silsesquioxane structure represented by the following formula (1).
-(R 1 SiO 3/2 ) n -Formula (1)
(In the above formula (1), R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom), preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 3 is more preferable, and n is an integer of 10 to 10,000, preferably an integer of 20 to 1,000.)
The alkyl group represented by R 1 is not particularly limited as long as the carbon number is within the above range, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and an isopropyl group. Of these, a methyl group and an ethyl group are preferable, and a methyl group is more preferable. R 1 may have a substituent T described later, and examples of the optional substituent include a glycidyloxy group and a fluoroalkyl group having a fluorine atom.
 本発明においては、特に断らない限り、シロキサン結合で主鎖が構成される含ケイ素ポリマーをポリシロキサンないしシロキサン樹脂と呼ぶ。ケイ素には4つの結合手があるため、ポリシロキサンの基本構成単位は、メチル基及びフェニル基に代表される有機基がケイ素原子1個につき何個あるかで分類され、下記に示すように4つに分けることができる。下式においてRは有機基である。 In the present invention, unless otherwise specified, a silicon-containing polymer whose main chain is composed of siloxane bonds is called a polysiloxane or a siloxane resin. Since silicon has four bonds, the basic structural unit of polysiloxane is classified according to the number of organic groups typified by methyl and phenyl groups per silicon atom. It can be divided into two. In the following formula, R is an organic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 本発明において、シルセスキオキサンとは、特に断らない限り、基本構成単位がT単位であるポリシロキサンの総称を意味する。シルセスキオキサン中のケイ素は3個の酸素と結合し、酸素は2個のケイ素と結合しているため、その理論組成はRSiO3/2となる(2分の3を示すラテン語は「セスキ(SESQUI)」である。)。本実施形態においては、上記T単位の式においてRが上記Rであり、このシルセスキオキサン構造部位が後述する特定の含有率で含まれていることが好ましい。 In the present invention, silsesquioxane means a general term for polysiloxanes whose basic structural units are T units unless otherwise specified. Since silicon in silsesquioxane is bonded to three oxygens and oxygen is bonded to two silicons, the theoretical composition is RSiO 3/2 (the Latin word for three-half is "Sesquix (SESQUI) "). In the present embodiment, it is preferable that R in the formula of the T unit is R 1 and that this silsesquioxane structure site is contained at a specific content described later.
 本実施形態のシロキサン樹脂は、その50質量%以上100質量%以下が上記式(1)で表されるシルセスキオキサン構造で構成されることが好ましい。この割合は80質量%以上100質量%以下であることがより好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることがさらに好ましく、実質的に100質量%であることが特に好ましい(ただし、100質量%の場合でも、不可避不純物など、所望の効果を損ねない範囲で他の成分が含まれていてもよい。)。なお、本実施形態のシロキサン樹脂は、特定のポリシルセスキオキサン構造を1種単独で含んでいても、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。 The siloxane resin of the present embodiment preferably has a silsesquioxane structure in which 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is represented by the above formula (1). This ratio is more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, further preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 100% by mass (however, 100% by mass). %, Other components such as inevitable impurities may be contained within a range that does not impair the desired effect.) In addition, the siloxane resin of this embodiment may contain the specific polysilsesquioxane structure individually by 1 type, or may contain 2 or more types.
 本実施形態のシロキサン樹脂は、アルキルトリアルコキシシランを加水分解縮合して得られる加水分解縮合物であることが好ましい。本実施形態において加水分解縮合物を製造するために、出発原料として、アルキルトリアルコキシシランを含むアルコキシシラン化合物を使用することができる。なお、アルコキシシラン化合物とは、アルコキシシラン(アルコキシ基を有するケイ素化合物)から構成される出発原料を意図する。
 アルキルトリアルコキシシランとは、ケイ素原子に1つのアルキル基と3つのアルコキシ基とが結合する有機ケイ素化合物であり、下記の式(2)で表すことができる。
 式(2):RSi(OR
(Rはハロゲン原子(好ましくは、フッ素原子)を有していてもよい炭素数1~12のアルキル基を表し、炭素数1~6が好ましく、炭素数1~3がより好ましい。Rはアルキル基を表す。)
 アルキルトリアルコキシシランのアルキル基(式(2)中のR)は炭素数1~12の範囲であれば特に制限されないが、メチル基又はエチル基が好ましく、より好ましくはメチル基である。Rは置換基Tを有してもよく、任意の置換基として、例えば、グリシジルオキシ基、及び、フッ素原子を有するフルオロアルキル基を挙げることができる。
 なお、式(2)で表される有機ケイ素化合物の好適態様の一つとしては、式(3)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
CF3(CF2)nCH2CH2Si(OR10)3式(3)
(但し、式(3)、R10は1~5個の炭素原子を有するアルキル基を表し、nは0~8の整数を表す。)
The siloxane resin of this embodiment is preferably a hydrolysis condensate obtained by hydrolytic condensation of alkyltrialkoxysilane. In order to produce the hydrolysis condensate in this embodiment, an alkoxysilane compound containing an alkyltrialkoxysilane can be used as a starting material. In addition, an alkoxysilane compound intends the starting material comprised from alkoxysilane (silicon compound which has an alkoxy group).
The alkyltrialkoxysilane is an organosilicon compound in which one alkyl group and three alkoxy groups are bonded to a silicon atom, and can be represented by the following formula (2).
Formula (2): R 2 Si (OR 3 ) 3
(R 2 is a halogen atom (preferably, an alkyl group having fluorine atoms) and having 1 carbon atoms which may 12 have, preferably from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably .R 3 is 1 to 3 carbon atoms Represents an alkyl group.)
The alkyl group (R 2 in the formula (2)) of the alkyltrialkoxysilane is not particularly limited as long as it has a carbon number of 1 to 12, but is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a methyl group. R 2 may have a substituent T, and examples of the optional substituent include a glycidyloxy group and a fluoroalkyl group having a fluorine atom.
In addition, the compound represented by Formula (3) is mentioned as one of the suitable aspects of the organosilicon compound represented by Formula (2).
CF 3 (CF 2 ) n CH 2 CH 2 Si (OR 10 ) 3 Formula (3)
(Wherein R 10 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer of 0 to 8)
 アルキルトリアルコキシシランのアルコキシ基は特に制限されないが、例えば、メトキシ基、及び、エトキシ基などが挙げられる。より具体的に、式(2)中のRとしては、炭素数1~20の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基が好ましい。なかでも、炭素数1~10が好ましく、炭素数1~4がより好ましい。特に、加水分解速度の制御が容易である点から、式(2)中のRがエチル基である、エトキシ基が好ましい。Rは置換基Tを有していてもよい。 The alkoxy group of the alkyltrialkoxysilane is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methoxy group and an ethoxy group. More specifically, R 3 in the formula (2) is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Of these, a carbon number of 1 to 10 is preferable, and a carbon number of 1 to 4 is more preferable. In particular, an ethoxy group in which R 3 in the formula (2) is an ethyl group is preferable because the hydrolysis rate can be easily controlled. R 3 may have a substituent T.
 アルキルトリアルコキシシランとしては、例えば、メチルトリメトキシシラン、メチルトリエトキシシラン、メチルトリプロポキシシラン、エチルトリメトキシシラン、エチルトリエトキシシラン、プロピルトリメトキシシラン、プロピルトリエトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、及び、トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシランなどが挙げられる。なかでも、メチルトリエトキシシラン、及び、エチルトリエトキシシランが好適に用いられ、メチルトリエトキシシランがより好ましく用いられる。なお、アルキルトリアルコキシシランとしては、1種のみを使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Examples of the alkyltrialkoxysilane include methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, methyltripropoxysilane, ethyltrimethoxysilane, ethyltriethoxysilane, propyltrimethoxysilane, propyltriethoxysilane, and γ-glycidoxypropyl. Examples include trimethoxysilane and trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane. Of these, methyltriethoxysilane and ethyltriethoxysilane are preferably used, and methyltriethoxysilane is more preferably used. In addition, as alkyl trialkoxysilane, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
 上記アルコキシシラン化合物の65質量%以上がアルキルトリアルコキシシランであることが好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下であることがより好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。 65% by mass or more of the alkoxysilane compound is preferably alkyltrialkoxysilane, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and further preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less.
 アルコキシシラン化合物としては上記トリアルコキシシラン以外に、他のアルコキシシランを使用することができ、なかでもテトラアルコキシシランが好ましい。
 テトラアルコキシシランとは、ケイ素原子に4つのアルコキシ基が結合する有機ケイ素化合物であり、下記の式(4)で表すことができる。
 式(4):Si(OR
(Rは、それぞれ独立にアルキル基を表す。)
 テトラアルコキシシランのアルコキシ基は特に制限されないが、例えば、メトキシ基、及び、エトキシ基などが挙げられる。より具体的には、式(4)中のRとしては、炭素数1~20の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基が好ましい。なかでも、炭素数1~10が好ましく、炭素数1~4がより好ましい。特に、加水分解速度の制御が容易である点から、式(4)中のRがエチル基である、エトキシ基が好ましい。Rは置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 テトラアルコキシシランとしては、例えば、テトラメトキシシラン、テトラエトキシシラン、テトラ-n-プロポキシシラン、テトライソプロポキシシラン、テトラ-n-ブトキシシラン、テトライソブトキシシラン、及び、テトラ-tert-ブトキシシランなどが挙げられる。なかでも、テトラメトキシシラン、及び、テトラエトキシシランが好適に用いられる。
 なお、テトラアルコキシシランとしては、1種のみを使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
In addition to the trialkoxysilane, other alkoxysilanes can be used as the alkoxysilane compound, and tetraalkoxysilane is particularly preferable.
Tetraalkoxysilane is an organosilicon compound in which four alkoxy groups are bonded to a silicon atom, and can be represented by the following formula (4).
Formula (4): Si (OR 4 ) 4
(R 4 each independently represents an alkyl group.)
The alkoxy group of tetraalkoxysilane is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methoxy group and an ethoxy group. More specifically, R 4 in formula (4) is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Of these, a carbon number of 1 to 10 is preferable, and a carbon number of 1 to 4 is more preferable. In particular, an ethoxy group in which R 4 in the formula (4) is an ethyl group is preferable because the hydrolysis rate can be easily controlled. R 4 may have a substituent T.
Examples of the tetraalkoxysilane include tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetra-n-propoxysilane, tetraisopropoxysilane, tetra-n-butoxysilane, tetraisobutoxysilane, and tetra-tert-butoxysilane. Can be mentioned. Of these, tetramethoxysilane and tetraethoxysilane are preferably used.
In addition, as tetraalkoxysilane, only 1 type may be used and 2 or more types may be used together.
 アルコキシシラン化合物中におけるテトラアルコキシシランの含有量は特に制限されないが、35質量%以下が好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより好ましい。下限値は特にないが、テトラアルコキシシランの添加効果を得る場合には、0.01質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.1質量%以上であることがより好ましい。
 そのほか、本発明では、低屈折率層に含まれる樹脂として、特開2013-253145号公報の段落番号0016~0024に記載の所定のケイ素化合物による加水分解物、及び、特開2012-0214772号公報の段落番号0030~0043に記載の化合物を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
The content of tetraalkoxysilane in the alkoxysilane compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 35% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. Although there is no particular lower limit, in order to obtain the effect of adding tetraalkoxysilane, the content is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1% by mass or more.
In addition, in the present invention, as a resin contained in the low refractive index layer, a hydrolyzate with a predetermined silicon compound described in paragraphs 0016 to 0024 of JP2013-253145A, and JP2012-0214772A The compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0030 to 0043 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 なお、本明細書において化合物の表示(例えば、化合物と末尾に付して呼ぶとき)については、上記化合物そのもののほか、その塩、及び/又は、そのイオンを含む意味に用いる。また、所望の効果を奏する範囲で、置換基を導入するなど一部を変化させた誘導体を含む意味である。
 上述したように、本明細書において置換及び無置換を明記していない置換基(連結基についても同様)については、その基に任意の置換基を有していてもよい意味である。これは置換及び無置換を明記していない化合物についても同義である。好ましい置換基としては、下記置換基Tが挙げられる。
 置換基Tとしては、下記のものが挙げられる。
 アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキル基、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘプチル基、1-エチルペンチル基、ベンジル基、2-エトキシエチル基、及び、1-カルボキシメチル基等)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルケニル基、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、及び、オレイル基等)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルキニル基、例えば、エチニル基、ブタジイニル基、及び、フェニルエチニル基等)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及び、4-メチルシクロヘキシル基等)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のアリール基、例えば、フェニル基、1-ナフチル基、4-メトキシフェニル基、2-クロロフェニル基、及び、3-メチルフェニル基等)、ヘテロ環基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のヘテロ環基、好ましくは、少なくとも1つの酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を有する5又は6員環のヘテロ環基が好ましく、例えば、2-ピリジル基、4-ピリジル基、2-イミダゾリル基、2-ベンゾイミダゾリル基、2-チアゾリル基、及び、2-オキサゾリル基等)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロピルオキシ基、及び、ベンジルオキシ基等)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のアリールオキシ基、例えば、フェノキシ基、1-ナフチルオキシ基、3-メチルフェノキシ基、及び、4-メトキシフェノキシ基等)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルコキシカルボニル基、例えば、エトキシカルボニル基、及び、2-エチルヘキシルオキシカルボニル基等)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のアリールオキシカルボニル基、例えば、フェノキシカルボニル基、1-ナフチルオキシカルボニル基、3-メチルフェノキシカルボニル基、及び、4-メトキシフェノキシカルボニル基等)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のアミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基を含み、例えば、アミノ基、N,N-ジメチルアミノ基、N,N-ジエチルアミノ基、N-エチルアミノ基、及び、アニリノ基等)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のスルファモイル基、例えば、N,N-ジメチルスルファモイル基、及び、N-フェニルスルファモイル基等)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアシル基、例えば、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、及び、ブチリル基等)、アリーロイル基(好ましくは炭素数7~23のアリーロイル基、例えば、ベンゾイル基等)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアシルオキシ基、例えば、アセチルオキシ基等)、アリーロイルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数7~23のアリーロイルオキシ基、例えば、ベンゾイルオキシ基等)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のカルバモイル基、例えば、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル基、及び、N-フェニルカルバモイル基等)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアシルアミノ基、例えば、アセチルアミノ基、及び、ベンゾイルアミノ基等)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキルチオ基、例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、イソプロピルチオ基、及び、ベンジルチオ基等)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のアリールチオ基、例えば、フェニルチオ基、1-ナフチルチオ基、3-メチルフェニルチオ基、及び、4-メトキシフェニルチオ基等)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキルスルホニル基、例えば、メチルスルホニル基、及び、エチルスルホニル基等)、アリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~22のアリールスルホニル基、例えば、ベンゼンスルホニル等)、アルキルシリル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキルシリル基、例えば、モノメチルシリル基、ジメチルシリル基、トリメチルシリル基、及び、トリエチルシリル基等)、アリールシリル基(好ましくは炭素数6~42のアリールシリル基、例えば、トリフェニルシリル基等)、ホスホリル基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のリン酸基、例えば、-OP(=O)(R)、ホスホニル基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のホスホニル基、例えば、-P(=O)(R)、ホスフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のホスフィニル基、例えば、-P(R)、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、水酸基、シアノ基、並びに、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)が挙げられる。
 また、これらの置換基Tで挙げた各基は、上記の置換基Tがさらに置換していてもよい。
 化合物ないし置換基及び連結基等がアルキル基、アルキレン基、アルケニル基、アルケニレン基、アルキニル基、又は、アルキニレン基等を含むとき、これらの基は環状でも鎖状でもよい。または、これらの基が鎖状の場合、直鎖でも分岐していてもよい。さらに、これらの基は、上記のように置換されていても無置換でもよい。
 各置換基は、本発明の効果を奏する範囲で下記の連結基Lxを介在して置換されていてもよい。たとえば、アルキル基、アルキレン基、アルケニル基、及び、アルケニレン基等はさらに構造中に下記のヘテロ連結基を介在していてもよい。
 連結基Lxとしては、炭化水素連結基〔炭素数1~10のアルキレン基(より好ましくは炭素数1~6、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~3)、炭素数2~10のアルケニレン基(より好ましくは炭素数2~6、さらに好ましくは炭素数2~4)、炭素数2~10のアルキニレン基(より好ましくは炭素数2~6、さらに好ましくは炭素数2~4)、炭素数6~22のアリーレン基(より好ましくは炭素数6~10)〕、ヘテロ連結基〔カルボニル基(-CO-)、チオカルボニル基(-CS-)、エーテル基(-O-)、チオエーテル基(-S-)、イミノ基(-NR-)、イミン連結基(R-N=C<,-N=C(R)-)〕、又はこれらを組み合せた連結基が好ましい。なお、縮合して環を形成する場合には、上記炭化水素連結基が、二重結合や三重結合を適宜形成して連結していてもよい。形成される環として好ましくは、5員環及び6員環が好ましい。5員環としては含窒素の5員環が好ましく、その環をなす化合物として例示すれば、ピロール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、インダゾール、インドール、ベンゾイミダゾール、ピロリジン、イミダゾリジン、ピラゾリジン、インドリン、カルバゾール、及び、これらの誘導体などが挙げられる。6員環としては、ピペリジン、モルホリン、ピペラジン、及び、これらの誘導体などが挙げられる。また、アリール基又はヘテロ環基等を含むとき、それらは単環でも縮環でもよく、同様に置換されていても無置換でもよい。
 Rは水素原子又は置換基である。置換基としては、アルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、炭素数1~12がより好ましく、炭素数1~6がさらに好ましく、炭素数1~3が特に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、炭素数2~12がより好ましく、炭素数2~6がさらに好ましく、炭素数2~3が特に好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、炭素数2~12がより好ましく、炭素数2~6がさらに好ましく、炭素数2~3が特に好ましい)、アラルキル基(炭素数7~22が好ましく、炭素数7~14がより好ましく、炭素数7~10がさらに好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、炭素数6~14がより好ましく、炭素数6~10がさらに好ましい)が好ましい。
 Rは水素原子、水酸基、又は置換基である。置換基としては、アルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、炭素数1~12がより好ましく、炭素数1~6がさらに好ましく、炭素数1~3が特に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、炭素数2~12がより好ましく、炭素数2~6がさらに好ましく、炭素数2~3が特に好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、炭素数2~12がより好ましく、炭素数2~6がさらに好ましく、炭素数2~3が特に好ましい)、アラルキル基(炭素数7~22が好ましく、炭素数7~14がより好ましく、炭素数7~10がさらに好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、炭素数6~14がより好ましく、炭素数6~10が特に好ましい)、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、炭素数1~12がより好ましく、炭素数1~6がさらに好ましく、炭素数1~3が特に好ましい)、アルケニルオキシ基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、炭素数2~12がより好ましく、炭素数2~6がさらに好ましく、炭素数2~3が特に好ましい)、アルキニルオキシ基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、炭素数2~12がより好ましく、炭素数2~6がさらに好ましく、炭素数2~3が特に好ましい)、アラルキルオキシ基(炭素数7~22が好ましく、炭素数7~14がより好ましく、炭素数7~10がさらに好ましい)、アリールオキシ基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、炭素数6~14がより好ましく、炭素数6~10がさらに好ましい)が好ましい。
 連結基を構成する原子の数は、1~36であることが好ましく、1~24であることがより好ましく、1~12であることがさらに好ましく、1~6であることが特に好ましい。連結基の連結原子数は10以下であることが好ましく、8以下であることがより好ましい。下限としては、1以上である。上記連結原子数とは所定の構造部間を結ぶ経路に位置し連結に関与する最少の原子数を言う。たとえば、-CH-C(=O)-O-の場合、連結基を構成する原子の数は6となるが、連結原子数は3となる。
 具体的に連結基の組合せとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。オキシカルボニル基(OCO)、カーボネート基(OCOO)、アミド基(CONH)、ウレタン基(NHCOO)、ウレア基(NHCONH)、(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基(-(Lr-O)x-)、カルボニル(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基(-CO-(O-Lr)x-、カルボニル(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基(-CO-(Lr-O)x-)、カルボニルオキシ(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基(-COO-(Lr-O)x-)、(ポリ)アルキレンイミノ基(-(Lr-NR)x)、アルキレン(ポリ)イミノアルキレン基(-Lr-(NR-Lr)x-)、カルボニル(ポリ)イミノアルキレン基(-CO-(NR-Lr)x-)、カルボニル(ポリ)アルキレンイミノ基(-CO-(Lr-NR)x-)、(ポリ)エステル基(-(CO-O-Lr)x-、-(O-CO-Lr)x-、-(O-Lr-CO)x-、-(Lr-CO-O)x-、-(Lr-O-CO)x-)、(ポリ)アミド基(-(CO-NR-Lr)x-、-(NR-CO-Lr)x-、-(NR-Lr-CO)x-、-(Lr-CO-NR)x-、及び、-(Lr-NR-CO)x-)などである。xは1以上の整数であり、1~100が好ましく、1~20がより好ましい。
 Lrはアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基が好ましい。Lrの炭素数は、1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい。複数のLr、R、R、及び、x等は同じである必要はない。連結基の向きは上記の記載により限定されず、適宜所定の化学式に合わせた向きで理解すればよい。
In addition, in this specification, it uses for the meaning containing the salt and / or its ion other than the said compound itself about the display of a compound (For example, when attaching | subjecting and attaching | subjecting to a compound and an end). In addition, it is meant to include derivatives in which a part thereof is changed, such as introduction of a substituent, within a range where a desired effect is exhibited.
As described above, in the present specification, a substituent that does not clearly indicate substitution or non-substitution (the same applies to a linking group) means that the group may have an arbitrary substituent. This is also the same for compounds that do not specify substitution and non-substitution. Preferred substituents include the following substituent T.
Examples of the substituent T include the following.
An alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, pentyl group, heptyl group, 1-ethylpentyl group, benzyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group) And 1-carboxymethyl group), alkenyl group (preferably alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as vinyl group, allyl group and oleyl group), alkynyl group (preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms). Alkynyl groups such as ethynyl group, butadiynyl group and phenylethynyl group, etc., cycloalkyl groups (preferably cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and 4-methylcyclohexyl group, etc.), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms, for example, An phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 4-methoxyphenyl group, a 2-chlorophenyl group, a 3-methylphenyl group, etc.), a heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably at least 1 A 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group having two oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and nitrogen atoms is preferable. For example, a 2-pyridyl group, a 4-pyridyl group, a 2-imidazolyl group, a 2-benzimidazolyl group, a 2-thiazolyl group, And 2-oxazolyl groups), alkoxy groups (preferably alkoxy groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, isopropyloxy group, and benzyloxy group), aryloxy groups (preferably carbon Aryloxy groups of 6 to 26, for example, phenoxy group, 1-naphthyloxy group, 3-methylphenoxy group, and 4- A toxiphenoxy group, etc.), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an ethoxycarbonyl group and a 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl group), an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably having 6 to 6 carbon atoms). 26 aryloxycarbonyl groups such as phenoxycarbonyl group, 1-naphthyloxycarbonyl group, 3-methylphenoxycarbonyl group, 4-methoxyphenoxycarbonyl group, etc., amino groups (preferably amino acids having 0 to 20 carbon atoms) Group, alkylamino group, arylamino group, such as amino group, N, N-dimethylamino group, N, N-diethylamino group, N-ethylamino group, and anilino group), sulfamoyl group (preferably C 0-20 sulfamoyl groups, eg For example, an N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl group and an N-phenylsulfamoyl group), an acyl group (preferably an acyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an acetyl group, a propionyl group, and a butyryl group) An aryloyl group (preferably an aryloyl group having 7 to 23 carbon atoms such as a benzoyl group), an acyloxy group (preferably an acyloxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as an acetyloxy group), an aryloyloxy group (Preferably an aryloyloxy group having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, such as a benzoyloxy group), a carbamoyl group (preferably a carbamoyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl group, and an N— A phenylcarbamoyl group), an acylamino group (preferably an acylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as acetyl An amino group, a benzoylamino group, etc.), an alkylthio group (preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, an isopropylthio group, and a benzylthio group), an arylthio group (preferably a carbon An arylthio group having a number of 6 to 26, such as a phenylthio group, a 1-naphthylthio group, a 3-methylphenylthio group and a 4-methoxyphenylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably an alkylsulfonyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) A group such as a methylsulfonyl group and an ethylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group (preferably an arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, such as benzenesulfonyl), an alkylsilyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20). An alkylsilyl group of, for example, a monomethylsilyl group A dimethylsilyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, and a triethylsilyl group), an arylsilyl group (preferably an arylsilyl group having 6 to 42 carbon atoms, such as a triphenylsilyl group), and a phosphoryl group (preferably having 0 to 20 carbon atoms). Phosphate groups such as —OP (═O) (R P ) 2 ), phosphonyl groups (preferably phosphonyl groups having 0 to 20 carbon atoms such as —P (═O) (R P ) 2 ), phosphinyl group (preferably phosphinyl group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, -P (R P) 2), (meth) acryloyl group, (meth) acryloyloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom , Chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.).
In addition, each of the groups listed as the substituent T may be further substituted with the substituent T described above.
When a compound or a substituent, a linking group or the like includes an alkyl group, an alkylene group, an alkenyl group, an alkenylene group, an alkynyl group, an alkynylene group or the like, these groups may be cyclic or chain-like. Alternatively, when these groups are chain-like, they may be linear or branched. Further, these groups may be substituted as described above or unsubstituted.
Each substituent may be substituted via the following linking group Lx as long as the effects of the present invention are achieved. For example, an alkyl group, an alkylene group, an alkenyl group, and an alkenylene group may further have the following hetero-linking group interposed in the structure.
Examples of the linking group Lx include a hydrocarbon linking group [an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably Has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms), an alkynylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms), 6 to 22 carbon atoms Arylene groups (more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms)], hetero-linking groups [carbonyl group (—CO—), thiocarbonyl group (—CS—), ether group (—O—), thioether group (—S—) ), An imino group (—NR N —), an imine linking group (R N —N═C <, —N═C (R N ) —)], or a linking group obtained by combining these. In addition, when condensing and forming a ring, the said hydrocarbon coupling group may form the double bond and the triple bond suitably, and may connect. The ring formed is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. As the 5-membered ring, a nitrogen-containing 5-membered ring is preferable, and examples of the compound forming the ring include pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, indazole, indole, benzimidazole, pyrrolidine, imidazolidine, pyrazolidine, indoline, carbazole, and These derivatives are exemplified. Examples of the 6-membered ring include piperidine, morpholine, piperazine, and derivatives thereof. Further, when an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or the like is included, they may be monocyclic or condensed, and may be similarly substituted or unsubstituted.
RN is a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (2 carbon atoms). To 24, more preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, particularly preferably 2 to 3, and an alkynyl group (preferably 2 to 24, preferably 2 to 12). More preferably, 2 to 6 carbon atoms are more preferable, and 2 to 3 carbon atoms are particularly preferable), an aralkyl group (preferably 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and still more preferably having 6 to 10 carbon atoms).
RP is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (2 carbon atoms). To 24, more preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, particularly preferably 2 to 3, and an alkynyl group (preferably 2 to 24, preferably 2 to 12). More preferably, 2 to 6 carbon atoms are more preferable, and 2 to 3 carbon atoms are particularly preferable), an aralkyl group (preferably 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably having 6 to 10 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms) Preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and an alkenyloxy group (preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and further preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms). An alkynyloxy group (preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms). An aralkyloxy group (preferably having 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably having 7 to 14 carbon atoms, and further preferably having 7 to 10 carbon atoms), an aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, and having 6 to 14 carbon atoms) More preferred are those having 6 to 10 carbon atoms).
The number of atoms constituting the linking group is preferably 1 to 36, more preferably 1 to 24, still more preferably 1 to 12, and particularly preferably 1 to 6. The number of linking atoms in the linking group is preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 8 or less. The lower limit is 1 or more. The number of connected atoms refers to the minimum number of atoms that are located in a path connecting predetermined structural portions and are involved in the connection. For example, in the case of —CH 2 —C (═O) —O—, the number of atoms constituting the linking group is 6, but the number of linking atoms is 3.
Specific examples of combinations of linking groups include the following. Oxycarbonyl group (OCO), carbonate group (OCOO), amide group (CONH), urethane group (NHCOO), urea group (NHCONH), (poly) alkyleneoxy group (-(Lr-O) x-), carbonyl ( Poly) oxyalkylene group (—CO— (O—Lr) x—, carbonyl (poly) alkyleneoxy group (—CO— (Lr—O) x—), carbonyloxy (poly) alkyleneoxy group (—COO— ( Lr-O) x-), (poly) alkyleneimino group (-(Lr-NR N ) x), alkylene (poly) iminoalkylene group (-Lr- (NR N -Lr) x-), carbonyl (poly) iminoalkylene group (-CO- (NR N -Lr) x- ), carbonyl (poly) alkyleneimino group (-CO- (Lr-NR N) x -), ( poly) S. Group (-(CO-O-Lr) x-,-(O-CO-Lr) x-,-(O-Lr-CO) x-,-(Lr-CO-O) x-,-(Lr -O-CO) x-), (poly) amide group (-(CO-NR N -Lr) x-,-(NR N -CO-Lr) x-,-(NR N -Lr-CO) x- ,-(Lr-CO-NR N ) x-, and-(Lr-NR N -CO) x-), etc. x is an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 100, and preferably 1 to 20 More preferred.
Lr is preferably an alkylene group, an alkenylene group or an alkynylene group. The carbon number of Lr is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and further preferably 1 to 3. A plurality of Lr, R N , R P , and x need not be the same. The direction of the linking group is not limited by the above description, and may be understood as appropriate according to a predetermined chemical formula.
 シロキサン樹脂は、上述したアルコキシシラン化合物を用いて、加水分解反応及び縮合反応を介して得ることができる。
 加水分解反応及び縮合反応としては公知の方法を使用することができ、必要に応じて、酸又は塩基などの触媒を使用してもよい。触媒としてはpHを変更させるものであれば特に制限がなく、具体的には、酸(有機酸、無機酸)としては、例えば、硝酸、シュウ酸、酢酸、蟻酸、及び、塩酸などが挙げられる。アルカリとしては、例えば、アンモニア、トリエチルアミン、及び、エチレンジアミンなどが挙げられる。使用する量は、シロキサン樹脂が所定の分子量を満たせば、特に限定されない。
The siloxane resin can be obtained through the hydrolysis reaction and the condensation reaction using the above-described alkoxysilane compound.
As the hydrolysis reaction and the condensation reaction, known methods can be used, and a catalyst such as an acid or a base may be used as necessary. The catalyst is not particularly limited as long as it changes the pH. Specifically, examples of the acid (organic acid, inorganic acid) include nitric acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, formic acid, and hydrochloric acid. . Examples of the alkali include ammonia, triethylamine, and ethylenediamine. The amount to be used is not particularly limited as long as the siloxane resin satisfies a predetermined molecular weight.
 加水分解反応及び縮合反応の反応系には、必要に応じて、溶剤を加えてもよい。溶剤としては加水分解反応及び縮合反応が実施できれば特に制限されないが、例えば、水、メタノール、エタノール、及び、プロパノールなどのアルコール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、及び、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルなどのエーテル類、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、及び、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートなどのエステル類、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、及び、メチルイソアミルケトンなどのケトン類などが挙げられる。 If necessary, a solvent may be added to the reaction system of the hydrolysis reaction and condensation reaction. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as the hydrolysis reaction and the condensation reaction can be performed. For example, water, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, and propanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and ethylene glycol monopropyl ether And ethers such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and esters such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and methyl isoamyl ketone.
 加水分解反応及び縮合反応の条件(温度、時間、溶剤量)は使用される材料の種類に応じて、適宜最適な条件が選択される。 The conditions for the hydrolysis reaction and condensation reaction (temperature, time, amount of solvent) are appropriately selected according to the type of material used.
 本実施形態で使用されるシロキサン樹脂の重量平均分子量は、1,000以上が好ましく、2,000以上がより好ましく、2,500以上がさらに好ましく、3,000以上が特に好ましい。上限としては、50,000以下が好ましく、45,000以下がより好ましく、25,000以下が特に好ましい。
 本発明においてポリマーの分子量については、特に断らない限り、重量平均分子量をいい、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)によって標準ポリスチレン換算で計測する。測定装置及び条件としては、下記条件1によることを基本とし、試料の溶解性等により条件2とすることを許容する。ただし、ポリマー種によっては、さらに適宜適切なキャリア(溶離液)及びそれに適合したカラムを選定して用いてもよい。
(条件1)
  カラム:TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H、TOSOH
      TSKgel Super HZ4000、TOSOH TSKgel
      Super HZ2000をつないだカラムを用いる
  キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン
  測定温度:40℃
  キャリア流量:1.0ml/min
  試料濃度:0.1質量%
  検出器:RI(屈折率)検出器
(条件2)
  カラム:TOSOH TSKgel Super AWM-Hを2本つなげる
  キャリア:10mMLiBr/N-メチルピロリドン
  測定温度:40℃
  キャリア流量:1.0ml/min
  試料濃度:0.1質量%
  検出器:RI(屈折率)検出器
The weight average molecular weight of the siloxane resin used in the present embodiment is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more, further preferably 2,500 or more, and particularly preferably 3,000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 45,000 or less, and particularly preferably 25,000 or less.
In the present invention, the molecular weight of the polymer means a weight average molecular weight unless otherwise specified, and is measured in terms of standard polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The measuring apparatus and conditions are basically based on the following condition 1 and are allowed to be set to condition 2 depending on the solubility of the sample. However, depending on the polymer type, an appropriate carrier (eluent) and a column suitable for it may be selected and used.
(Condition 1)
Column: TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H, TOSOH
TSKgel Super HZ4000, TOSOH TSKgel
A column connected with Super HZ2000 is used Carrier: Tetrahydrofuran Measurement temperature: 40 ° C.
Carrier flow rate: 1.0 ml / min
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI (refractive index) detector (Condition 2)
Column: Two TOSOH TSKgel Super AWM-Hs are connected Carrier: 10 mM LiBr / N-methylpyrrolidone Measurement temperature: 40 ° C.
Carrier flow rate: 1.0 ml / min
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI (refractive index) detector
<フッ素樹脂>
 フッ素樹脂とは、物質分子中にフッ素を含有する樹脂であり、具体的には、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリヘキサフルオロプロピレン、テトラフルオロエチレン/ヘキサフルオロプロピレン共重合体、テトラフルオロエチレン/パーフルオロアルキルビニルエーテル共重合体、テトラフルオロエチレン/エチレン共重合体、ヘキサフルオロプロピレン/プロピレン共重合体、ポリビニリデンフルオライド、及び、ビニリデンフルオライド/エチレン共重合体などが挙げられる。例えば、特開2004-21036号公報に記載のフッ素のシロキサンポリマーも挙げられる。
<Fluorine resin>
A fluororesin is a resin containing fluorine in a substance molecule, specifically, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyhexafluoropropylene, tetrafluoroethylene / hexafluoropropylene copolymer, tetrafluoroethylene / perfluoroalkyl. Examples thereof include vinyl ether copolymers, tetrafluoroethylene / ethylene copolymers, hexafluoropropylene / propylene copolymers, polyvinylidene fluoride, and vinylidene fluoride / ethylene copolymers. For example, fluorine siloxane polymers described in JP-A No. 2004-21036 are also exemplified.
 中でもポリテトラフルオロエチレン、及び、テトラフルオロエチレン/エチレン共重合体が好ましく、よりポリテトラフルオロエチレンが好ましい。また、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン粒子と有機系重合体とからなるポリテトラフルオロエチレン含有混合粉体も好ましく用いられる。
 また、アモルファスフッ素樹脂も好ましく用いられ、市販品としてはCYTOP(旭硝子製)などが挙げられる。ポリテトラフルオロエチレンなどのフッ素樹脂分子量は10万~1000万の範囲のものが好ましく、10万~100万の範囲のものがより好ましく、押出成形性と難燃性にとくに効果がある。ポリテトラフルオロエチレンの市販品としては、三井・デュポンフロロケミカル(株)製の“テフロン(登録商標)”6-J、“テフロン(登録商標)”6C-J、“テフロン(登録商標)”62-J、旭アイシーアイフロロポリマーズ(株)製の“フルオン”CD1やCD076などが市販されている。また、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン粒子と有機系重合体とからなるポリテトラフルオロエチレン含有混合粉体の市販品としては、三菱レイヨン(株)から、“メタブレン(登録商標)”Aシリーズとして市販され、“メタブレン(登録商標)”A-3000、“メタブレン(登録商標)”A-3800などが市販されている。
Of these, polytetrafluoroethylene and tetrafluoroethylene / ethylene copolymer are preferable, and polytetrafluoroethylene is more preferable. A polytetrafluoroethylene-containing mixed powder composed of polytetrafluoroethylene particles and an organic polymer is also preferably used.
Amorphous fluororesins are also preferably used, and examples of commercially available products include CYTOP (manufactured by Asahi Glass). The molecular weight of fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene is preferably in the range of 100,000 to 10,000,000, more preferably in the range of 100,000 to 1,000,000, which is particularly effective for extrusion moldability and flame retardancy. Commercially available products of polytetrafluoroethylene include “Teflon (registered trademark)” 6-J, “Teflon (registered trademark)” 6C-J, and “Teflon (registered trademark)” 62 manufactured by Mitsui DuPont Fluorochemical Co., Ltd. -J, “Full-on” CD1 and CD076 manufactured by Asahi IC Fluoropolymers Co., Ltd. are commercially available. In addition, as a commercial product of a polytetrafluoroethylene-containing mixed powder composed of polytetrafluoroethylene particles and an organic polymer, it is commercially available as “Metabrene (registered trademark)” A series from Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd. METABLEN (registered trademark) “A-3000”, “METABBRENE (registered trademark)” A-3800 and the like are commercially available.
 さらに、フッ素樹脂としては、アモルファスフッ素樹脂、パーフルオロアルキル基含有アクリレート又はメタクリレートを含有する共重合オリゴマー、フッ素系コーティング剤、フッ素系界面活性剤、電子線又は紫外線硬化成分を含有するフッ素系表面処理剤、及び、熱硬化成分を含有するフッ素系表面処理剤なども好ましい。パーフルオロアルキル基含有アクリレート又はメタクリレートを含有する共重合オリゴマーの他の共重合成分としては、アルキルアクリレート又はアルキルメタクリレートが好ましい。 Further, as the fluororesin, an amorphous fluororesin, a copolymer oligomer containing a perfluoroalkyl group-containing acrylate or methacrylate, a fluorocoating agent, a fluorosurfactant, an electron beam or a fluorocarbon surface treatment containing an ultraviolet curing component A fluorine-based surface treatment agent containing an agent and a thermosetting component is also preferable. As another copolymerization component of the copolymer oligomer containing a perfluoroalkyl group-containing acrylate or methacrylate, alkyl acrylate or alkyl methacrylate is preferable.
 以下に具体的な例を示す。アモルファスフッ素樹脂としては、旭硝子社製ルミフロン、及び、同サイトップ(CYTOP)などが挙げられる。パーフルオロアルキル基含有(メタ)アクリレートとアルキル(メタ)アクリレートとを主成分とする共重合オリゴマーとしては、日本油脂社製モディパーFシリーズ、ダイキン工業社製ユニダイン、大日本インキ化学工業社製メガファックF470シリーズ、同F480シリーズ、及び、同F110シリーズなどが挙げられ、共重合はブロック共重合がより好ましい。フッ素系コーティング剤としては、住友3M社製EGC1700が挙げられる。フッ素系界面活性剤としては、大日本インキ化学工業社製メガファックF114、同F410シリーズ、同440シリーズ、同450、及び、同490シリーズなどが挙げられる。電子線又は紫外線硬化成分を含有するフッ素系表面処理剤としては、オムノヴァ・ソリューション社製ポリフォックスPF-3320、ユニマテック社製ケミノックスFAMAC-8、及び、住友3M社製EGC1720などが挙げられる。熱硬化成分を含んだフッ素系表面処理剤としては、住友3M社製EGC1720、大日本インキ化学工業社製NH-10、及び、NH-15などが挙げられる。 A specific example is shown below. Examples of the amorphous fluororesin include Lumiflon manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd. and CYTOP. Copolymer oligomers containing perfluoroalkyl group-containing (meth) acrylate and alkyl (meth) acrylate as main components include Nippon Oil & Fats Modiper F Series, Daikin Industries Unidyne, Dainippon Ink & Chemicals Examples thereof include F470 series, F480 series, and F110 series, and the copolymerization is more preferably block copolymerization. As a fluorine-type coating agent, Sumitomo 3M EGC1700 is mentioned. Examples of the fluorosurfactant include Megafac F114, F410 series, 440 series, 450, and 490 series manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc. Examples of the fluorine-based surface treatment agent containing an electron beam or an ultraviolet ray curable component include Polyfox PF-3320 manufactured by Omniva Solutions, Cheminox FAMAC-8 manufactured by Unimatec, and EGC1720 manufactured by Sumitomo 3M. Examples of the fluorine-based surface treating agent containing a thermosetting component include EGC1720 manufactured by Sumitomo 3M, NH-10 manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, and NH-15.
<溶剤>
 上記透明樹脂(シロキサン樹脂又はフッ素樹脂)を含む塗布液(以後、単に「透明樹脂の塗布液」とも称する)を作製する際に使用される溶剤は限定されないが、上記加水分解反応に用いた反応溶剤、又は、有機溶剤の例が挙げられる。なかでも、アルコール化合物、エーテル化合物、及び、エステル化合物が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール1-モノメチルエーテル2-アセタート、及び、乳酸エチルがより好ましい。
 透明樹脂の塗布液における固形分濃度は、1質量%以上であることが好ましく、2質量%以上がより好ましく、3質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限値としては、50質量%以下が好ましく、25質量%以下がより好ましく、10質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
<Solvent>
The solvent used in preparing the coating liquid containing the transparent resin (siloxane resin or fluororesin) (hereinafter also simply referred to as “transparent resin coating liquid”) is not limited, but the reaction used in the hydrolysis reaction. Examples of the solvent or organic solvent are given. Of these, alcohol compounds, ether compounds, and ester compounds are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, and ethyl lactate are more preferable.
The solid content concentration in the coating solution of the transparent resin is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, and further preferably 3% by mass or more. As an upper limit, 50 mass% or less is preferable, 25 mass% or less is more preferable, and 10 mass% or less is further more preferable.
<界面活性剤>
 透明樹脂を含む塗布液には、塗布性をより向上させる観点から、界面活性剤が含まれていてもよい。なかでも、透明樹脂を含む塗布液には、ポリオキシアルキレン構造を有する界面活性剤が含まれていることが好ましい。ポリオキシアルキレン構造とは、アルキレン基と二価の酸素原子が隣接して存在している構造のことをいい、具体的にはエチレンオキサイド(EO)構造、及び、プロピレンオキサイド(PO)構造などが挙げられる。ポリオキシアルキレン構造を有する界面活性剤としては、上記ポリオキシアルキレン構造を有する限りにおいてフッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン界面活性剤、カチオン界面活性剤、アニオン界面活性剤、及び、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用できる。これらの中でも、ノニオン界面活性剤、アニオン界面活性剤、及びシリコーン系界面活性剤が好ましく、ノニオン界面活性剤、及びアニオン界面活性剤がより好ましく、アニオン界面活性剤がさらに好ましい。
<Surfactant>
The coating solution containing the transparent resin may contain a surfactant from the viewpoint of further improving the coating property. Especially, it is preferable that the surfactant which has a polyoxyalkylene structure is contained in the coating liquid containing transparent resin. The polyoxyalkylene structure refers to a structure in which an alkylene group and a divalent oxygen atom are adjacent to each other, and specifically includes an ethylene oxide (EO) structure, a propylene oxide (PO) structure, and the like. Can be mentioned. As the surfactant having a polyoxyalkylene structure, as long as it has the polyoxyalkylene structure, a fluorosurfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a silicone surfactant, etc. Various surfactants can be used. Among these, nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants are preferable, nonionic surfactants and anionic surfactants are more preferable, and anionic surfactants are more preferable.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、メガファックF171、同F172、同F173、同F176、同F177、同F141、同F142、同F143、同F144、同R30、同F437、同F479、同F482、同F554、同F780、同F781F(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、同FC431、同FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、同S-141、同S-145、同SC-101、同SC-103、同SC-104、同SC-105、同SC1068、同SC-381、同SC-383、同S393、同KH-40(以上、旭硝子(株)製)、エフトップEF301、同EF303、同EF351、同EF352(以上、ジェムコ(株)製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA社製)等が挙げられる。
 ノニオン界面活性剤として具体的には、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタンのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセリンエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル(花王(株)製のエマルゲン 404等)、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、青木油脂工業(株)製のELEBASE BUB-3等が挙げられる。
 アニオン界面活性剤として具体的には、W004、W005、W017(裕商(株)社製)、クラリアントジャパン(株)製のEMULSOGEN COL-020、EMULSOGEN COA-070、EMULSOGEN COL-080、第一工業製薬(株)製のプライサーフ A208B、ETC-3 日本ケミカルズ社製等が挙げられる。
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製「トーレシリコーンDC3PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH7PA」、「トーレシリコーンDC11PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH21PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH28PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH29PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH30PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH8400」、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製「TSF-4440」、「TSF-4300」、「TSF-4445」、「TSF-4460」、「TSF-4452」、信越シリコーン株式会社製「KP341」、「KF6001」、「KF6002」、ビックケミー社製「BYK307」、「BYK323」、「BYK330」、GELEST製「DBE-224」、「DBE-621」等が挙げられる。
 界面活性剤は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせてもよい。
Examples of the fluorosurfactant include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F479, F482, F554, F780, F781F (above, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, S-141, S- 145, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-106, SC1068, SC-381, SC-383, S393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) ), EFtop EF301, EF303, EF351, EF352 (above, manufactured by Gemco), PF636, PF65 , PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (OMNOVA Co., Ltd.), and the like.
Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane ethoxylate and propoxylate (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether (Emulgen 404 manufactured by Kao Corporation), polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, ELEBASE manufactured by Aoki Oil & Fat Co., Ltd. Examples include BUB-3.
Specific examples of anionic surfactants include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), EMULSOGEN COL-020, EMULSOGEN COA-070, EMULSOGEN COL-080, manufactured by Clariant Japan Co., Ltd., Daiichi Kogyo Examples include Prisurf A208B manufactured by Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., ETC-3 manufactured by Nippon Chemicals Co., Ltd.
Examples of the silicone surfactant include “Toray Silicone DC3PA”, “Toray Silicone SH7PA”, “Tore Silicone DC11PA”, “Tore Silicone SH21PA”, “Tore Silicone SH28PA”, “Toray Silicone” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd. Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400, Momentive Performance Materials TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF -4552 "," KP341 "," KF6001 "," KF6002 "manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.," BYK307 "," BYK323 "," BYK330 ", manufactured by Big Chemie," DBE-22 "manufactured by GELEST ", Such as" DBE-621 ", and the like.
Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be combined.
 また、本実施形態の好ましいポリオキシアルキレン構造を有する界面活性剤としては、下記式(5)で表される界面活性剤が挙げられる。
 式(5):RO(RO)
(上記式中、Rは炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表す。Rは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を表す。Rは水素原子、カルボン酸基、又は-POを表す。mは1~8の整数を表す。)
 Rとしては、直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基であってよい。なかでも、炭素数5~20が好ましく、炭素数12~18がより好ましい。
 Rとしては、直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキレン基であってよく、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、ブチレン基、及び、イソブチレン基などが挙げられる。中でも、エチレン基、及び、イソプロピレン基(隣接するO原子とエチレンオキサイド構造、又はプロピレンオキサイド構造を形成する基)が好ましい。
 Rとしては、水素原子、又はカルボン酸基が好ましく、カルボン酸基がより好ましい。
Moreover, as a surfactant having a preferred polyoxyalkylene structure of the present embodiment, a surfactant represented by the following formula (5) can be mentioned.
Equation (5): R 5 O ( R 6 O) m R 7
(In the above formula, R 5 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R 6 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a carboxylic acid group, or —PO 3 H 2 . M represents an integer of 1 to 8.)
R 5 may be a linear or branched alkyl group. Of these, 5 to 20 carbon atoms are preferable, and 12 to 18 carbon atoms are more preferable.
R 6 may be a linear or branched alkylene group, and examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, an isopropylene group, a butylene group, and an isobutylene group. Among these, an ethylene group and an isopropylene group (a group forming an adjacent O atom and an ethylene oxide structure or a propylene oxide structure) are preferable.
R 7 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a carboxylic acid group, and more preferably a carboxylic acid group.
 その他の界面活性剤を用いてもよく、中でもシリコーン系界面活性剤を用いることが好ましい。好ましいシリコーン系界面活性剤としては、有機基を側鎖若しくは末端、又は、側鎖と末端とに導入したポリシロキサン型界面活性剤が挙げられる。側鎖基としては、アミノ基、エポキシ基、カルビノール基、メルカプト基、カルボン酸基、水素基、ポリエーテル基、アラルキル基、フロロアルキル基、及び、フェニル基、末端基としては、アミノ基、エポキシ基、カルビノール基、メタクリル基、ポリエーテル基、メルカプト基、カルボン酸基、フェノール基、シラノール基、及び、ジオール基などが挙げられる。 Other surfactants may be used, and among them, a silicone surfactant is preferably used. Preferred silicone surfactants include polysiloxane surfactants in which an organic group is introduced into a side chain or a terminal, or a side chain and a terminal. As a side chain group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a carbinol group, a mercapto group, a carboxylic acid group, a hydrogen group, a polyether group, an aralkyl group, a fluoroalkyl group, and a phenyl group, as a terminal group, an amino group, Examples thereof include an epoxy group, a carbinol group, a methacryl group, a polyether group, a mercapto group, a carboxylic acid group, a phenol group, a silanol group, and a diol group.
 あるいは、特定炭素数のアルキルアルコキシシラン化合物(以下、「アルコキシシラン化合物α」と称する。)を含有させることも好ましい。上記のポリオキシアルキレン構造を有する界面活性剤とシリコーン系界面活性剤とアルコキシシラン化合物αとの3種の界面活性剤を併用してもよい。このアルコキシシラン化合物αとしては、炭素数4~12(より好ましくは炭素数6~10)のアルキル基を有するアルコキシシラン化合物を適用することが好ましい。これを一般式で表すと、下記式(6)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
 式(6):Si(OR51n-4(R52
 ここで、R51は上記Rと同義の基である。R52は炭素数4~12のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~10のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。nは1~3の整数である。
Alternatively, it is also preferable to contain an alkylalkoxysilane compound having a specific carbon number (hereinafter referred to as “alkoxysilane compound α”). You may use together 3 types of surfactant of surfactant which has said polyoxyalkylene structure, silicone type surfactant, and alkoxysilane compound (alpha). As the alkoxysilane compound α, an alkoxysilane compound having an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms (more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms) is preferably used. When this is represented by a general formula, it is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (6).
Formula (6): Si (OR 51 ) n-4 (R 52 ) n
Here, R 51 is the same group as R 4 described above. R 52 is preferably an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. n is an integer of 1 to 3.
 界面活性剤の添加量は、特に限定されないが、その下限値としては、透明樹脂100質量部に対し1質量部以上であることが好ましく、1.5質量部以上であることがより好ましく、7.5質量部以上がさらに好ましい。上限値も特に限定されないが、30質量部以下が好ましく、15質量部以下がより好ましい。 The addition amount of the surfactant is not particularly limited, but the lower limit is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 1.5 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the transparent resin. More preferably 5 parts by mass or more. Although an upper limit is not specifically limited, 30 mass parts or less are preferable and 15 mass parts or less are more preferable.
<中空粒子及び非中空粒子等>
 透明樹脂を含む塗布液又は低屈折率層は、中空粒子及び/又は非中空粒子を含むことが好ましい。粒子としては多孔質の微粒子を使用してもよい。中空粒子は、内部に空洞を有する構造のものであり、外郭に包囲された空洞を有する粒子を指す。多孔質粒子は、多数の空洞を有する多孔質の粒子を指す。以下、中空粒子及び/又は非中空粒子を、適宜「特定粒子」と称する。特定粒子は、有機粒子であっても、無機粒子であってもよい。
<Hollow particles and non-hollow particles>
The coating liquid or low refractive index layer containing a transparent resin preferably contains hollow particles and / or non-hollow particles. As the particles, porous fine particles may be used. The hollow particle has a structure having a cavity inside, and refers to a particle having a cavity surrounded by an outer shell. The porous particle refers to a porous particle having a large number of cavities. Hereinafter, the hollow particles and / or the non-hollow particles are appropriately referred to as “specific particles”. The specific particles may be organic particles or inorganic particles.
 特定粒子の空隙率は、好ましくは10~80%、より好ましくは20~60%、さらに好ましくは30~60%である。特定粒子の空隙率を上述の範囲にすることが、低屈折率化と粒子の耐久性維持の観点で好ましい。
 特定粒子の中でも、屈折率を低下しやすい観点から、中空粒子であることがより好ましい。例えば、中空粒子をシリカで構成した場合には、中空シリカ粒子は、屈折率の低い空気(屈折率=1.0)を有しているため、その屈折率は、通常のシリカ(屈折率=1.6)と比較して著しく低くなる。
The porosity of the specific particles is preferably 10 to 80%, more preferably 20 to 60%, and still more preferably 30 to 60%. The porosity of the specific particles is preferably in the above range from the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index and maintaining the durability of the particles.
Among the specific particles, hollow particles are more preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the refractive index. For example, when the hollow particles are made of silica, the hollow silica particles have air with a low refractive index (refractive index = 1.0), and therefore the refractive index is normal silica (refractive index = 1.6).
 中空粒子の製造方法としては、例えば特開2001-233611号公報に記載されている方法を適用できる。また、多孔質粒子の製造方法は、例えば特開2003-327424号、同2003-335515号、同2003-226516号、及び、同2003-238140号等の各公報に記載されている方法を適用できる。 As a method for producing hollow particles, for example, the method described in JP-A-2001-233611 can be applied. Further, as a method for producing porous particles, for example, methods described in JP-A-2003-327424, 2003-335515, 2003-226516, and 2003-238140 can be applied. .
 特定粒子は、平均一次粒径が1nm以上であることが好ましく、10nm以上がより好ましい。上限は、200nm以下であることが好ましく、100nm以下がより好ましい。
 ここでの特定粒子の平均一次粒径は、分散した粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた写真から求めることができる。粒子の投影面積を求め、そこから円相当径を求め平均一次粒径とする。本明細書における平均一次粒径は、300個以上の粒子について投影面積を測定して、円相当径を求めてその数平均径を算出する。
 特定粒子の屈折率は、1.10~1.40が好ましく、1.15~1.35がより好ましく、1.15~1.30がさらに好ましい。
The specific particles preferably have an average primary particle size of 1 nm or more, and more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 200 nm or less, and more preferably 100 nm or less.
The average primary particle size of the specific particles here can be determined from the photograph obtained by observing the dispersed particles with a transmission electron microscope. The projected area of the particles is obtained, and the equivalent circle diameter is obtained therefrom, and the average primary particle size is obtained. In the present specification, the average primary particle diameter is obtained by measuring the projected area of 300 or more particles, obtaining the equivalent circle diameter, and calculating the number average diameter.
The refractive index of the specific particles is preferably 1.10 to 1.40, more preferably 1.15 to 1.35, and still more preferably 1.15 to 1.30.
 特定粒子は、低屈折率化の観点からは、中空又は多孔質の無機粒子が好ましい。無機の低屈折率粒子としては、フッ化マグネシウム又はシリカの粒子が挙げられ、低屈折率性、分散安定性、及び、コストの観点から、シリカ粒子であることがより好ましい。
 無機粒子の結晶系は、結晶質及びアモルファスのいずれでもよい。また、無機粒子は、単分散粒子でも、所定の粒子径を満たすならば凝集粒子でも構わない。無機粒子の形状は、球形状、数珠状、長径と短径の比が1以上の形状、又は不定形状であってもよく、球形状がより好ましい。
 無機粒子の比表面積は、10m/g~2000m/gであることが好ましく、20m/g~1800m/gであることがより好ましく、50m/g~1500m/gであることがさらに好ましい。
The specific particles are preferably hollow or porous inorganic particles from the viewpoint of lowering the refractive index. Examples of the inorganic low refractive index particles include magnesium fluoride or silica particles, and silica particles are more preferable from the viewpoint of low refractive index properties, dispersion stability, and cost.
The crystal system of the inorganic particles may be either crystalline or amorphous. The inorganic particles may be monodispersed particles or aggregated particles as long as a predetermined particle diameter is satisfied. The shape of the inorganic particles may be a spherical shape, a bead shape, a shape having a major axis / minor axis ratio of 1 or more, or an indefinite shape, and a spherical shape is more preferable.
The specific surface area of the inorganic particles is preferably 10 m 2 / g to 2000 m 2 / g, more preferably 20 m 2 / g to 1800 m 2 / g, and 50 m 2 / g to 1500 m 2 / g. Is more preferable.
 特定粒子の具体例としては、イソプロパノールを分散剤とした数平均粒子径12nmのIPA-ST、メチルイソブチルケトンを分散剤とした数平均粒子径12nmのMIBK-ST、イソプロパノールを分散剤とした数平均粒子径45nmのIPA-ST-L、イソプロパノールを分散剤とした数平均粒子径100nmのIPA-ST-ZL、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルを分散剤とした数平均粒子径15nmのPGM-ST(以上商品名、日産化学工業(株)製)、γ-ブチロラクトンを分散剤とした数平均粒子径12nmの“オスカル(登録商標)”101、γ-ブチロラクトンを分散剤とした数平均粒子径60nmの“オスカル”105、ジアセトンアルコールを分散剤とした数平均粒子径120nmの“オスカル”106、分散溶液が水である数平均粒子径5~80nmの“カタロイド(登録商標)”-S(以上商品名、触媒化成工業(株)製)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルを分散剤とした数平均粒子径16nmの“クォートロン(登録商標)”PL-2L-PGME、数平均粒子径12nmの“クォートロン”PL-1-PGME、γ-ブチロラクトンを分散剤とした数平均粒子径17nmの“クォートロン”PL-2L-BL、数平均粒子径13nmの“クォートロン”PL-1-BL、ジアセトンアルコールを分散剤とした数平均粒子径17nmの“クォートロン”PL-2L-DAA、数平均粒子径13nmの“クォートロン”PL-1-DAA、分散溶液が水である数平均粒子径18~20nmの“クォートロン”PL-2L、GP-2L、数平均粒子径13~15nmの“クォートロン”PL-1(以上商品名、扶桑化学工業(株)製)、数平均粒子径が100nmであるシリカ(SiO)SG-SO100(商品名、共立マテリアル(株)製)、数平均粒子径が5~50nmである“レオロシール(登録商標)”((株)トクヤマ製)などが挙げられる。中空シリカ粒子の具体例としては、例えば特開2001-233611号公報や特許第3272111号公報に開示されているもの等、一般に市販されているものを挙げることができる。また、これらのシリカ粒子及び中空シリカ粒子を2種以上含有してもよい。 Specific examples of specific particles include IPA-ST having a number average particle size of 12 nm using isopropanol as a dispersant, MIBK-ST having a number average particle size of 12 nm using methyl isobutyl ketone as a dispersant, and number average using isopropanol as a dispersant. IPA-ST-L with a particle size of 45 nm, IPA-ST-ZL with a number average particle size of 100 nm using isopropanol as a dispersant, PGM-ST with a number average particle size of 15 nm using propylene glycol monomethyl ether as a dispersant (product names above) (Manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), “Oscar (registered trademark)” 101 having a number average particle diameter of 12 nm using γ-butyrolactone as a dispersant, and “Oscar” having a number average particle diameter of 60 nm using γ-butyrolactone as a dispersant. 105, “Oscar” 10 having a number average particle size of 120 nm using diacetone alcohol as a dispersant 6. Number average particle diameter of 5 to 80 nm “Cataloid (registered trademark)”-S (trade name, manufactured by Catalyst Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether as a dispersant. “Quartron” PL-2L-PGME with a particle size of 16 nm, “Quartron” PL-1-PGME with a number average particle size of 12 nm, and “Quartron” PL with a number average particle size of 17 nm using γ-butyrolactone as a dispersant. -L-BL, “Quatron” PL-1-BL with a number average particle size of 13 nm, “Quatron” PL-2L-DAA with a number average particle size of 17 nm using diacetone alcohol as a dispersant, “Quatron” with a number average particle size of 13 nm "Quartron" PL-1-DAA, "Quortron" PL-2L, GP with a number average particle size of 18 to 20 nm, whose dispersion is water 2L, the number-average particle size 13 ~ 15 nm "Quartron" PL-1 (trade name, manufactured by Fuso Chemical Co.), silica number average particle diameter of 100nm (SiO 2) SG-SO100 ( trade name, Kyoritsu Material Co., Ltd.), “Leosil (registered trademark)” (manufactured by Tokuyama Co., Ltd.) having a number average particle size of 5 to 50 nm, and the like. Specific examples of the hollow silica particles include those commercially available, such as those disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-233611 and Japanese Patent No. 3272111. Moreover, you may contain 2 or more types of these silica particles and hollow silica particles.
 本発明で用いる特定粒子は内部が多孔質及び/又は中空を有するシリカ微粒子や、内部が多孔質でなく、かつ中空を有しないシリカ微粒子が挙げられる。これらシリカ微粒子のうち、低屈折率層の低屈折率化には、内部が多孔質及び/又は中空を有するシリカ微粒子が好ましい。内部が多孔質でなく、かつ中空を有しないシリカ微粒子は、粒子自体の屈折率が1.45~1.5であるため、期待される低屈折率化効果は小さい。一方、内部が多孔質及び/又は中空を有するシリカ微粒子は、粒子自体の屈折率が1.2~1.4であるため、低屈折率化効果が大きい。つまり、内部が多孔質及び/又は中空を有するシリカ微粒子は優れた硬度を付与でき、かつ低屈折率性を付与できる点で好ましく用いられる。 Specific particles used in the present invention include silica fine particles having a porous and / or hollow inside, and silica fine particles having a non-porous inside and having no hollow. Among these silica fine particles, silica fine particles having a porous and / or hollow interior are preferable for lowering the refractive index of the low refractive index layer. Silica fine particles that are not porous inside and do not have a hollow have a refractive index of 1.45 to 1.5, so that the expected effect of lowering the refractive index is small. On the other hand, silica fine particles having a porous and / or hollow interior have a large refractive index reducing effect because the refractive index of the particles themselves is 1.2 to 1.4. That is, silica fine particles having a porous and / or hollow interior are preferably used in that they can impart excellent hardness and low refractive index properties.
 本明細書において特定粒子の屈折率は以下の方法で測定することができる。特定粒子の含有率を0質量%、20質量%、30質量%、40質量%、及び、50質量%に調製した固形分濃度10%のマトリックス樹脂と特定粒子の混合溶液サンプルをそれぞれ作製する。それぞれ、シリコンウエハ上に、厚さが0.3~1.0μmとなるように、スピンコーターを用いて塗布する。ついで、得られたシリコンウエハを200℃のホットプレートで5分間加熱して、その後、乾燥させ、コーティング膜を得る。次に、例えば、エリプソメータ(J.Aウーラム製VUV-vase[商品名])を用いて波長633nm(25℃)でのコーティング膜の屈折率を求め、シリカ微粒子100質量%の値を外挿して求めることができる。 In this specification, the refractive index of specific particles can be measured by the following method. A mixed resin sample of a matrix resin and a specific particle having a solid content concentration of 10%, which are prepared so that the content of the specific particle is 0% by mass, 20% by mass, 30% by mass, 40% by mass, and 50% by mass is prepared. Each is coated on a silicon wafer by using a spin coater so as to have a thickness of 0.3 to 1.0 μm. Next, the obtained silicon wafer is heated on a hot plate at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes and then dried to obtain a coating film. Next, for example, the refractive index of the coating film at a wavelength of 633 nm (25 ° C.) is obtained using an ellipsometer (VUV-base [trade name] manufactured by JA Woollam), and the value of 100% by mass of silica fine particles is extrapolated. Can be sought.
 内部が多孔質及び/又は中空を有するシリカ微粒子をコーティング材料中に導入することは、コーティング材料から得られる膜の屈折率を最適化することができるだけでなく、膜の硬度を高めることができるため好ましい。 Introducing silica fine particles having a porous and / or hollow interior into the coating material not only can optimize the refractive index of the film obtained from the coating material, but also increase the hardness of the film. preferable.
 内部が多孔質でなく、かつ中空を有しないシリカ微粒子とは、例えば、粒子径12nmのイソプロパノールを分散剤としたIPA-ST、粒子径12nmのメチルイソブチルケトンを分散剤としたMIBK-ST、粒子径45nmのイソプロパノールを分散剤としたIPA-ST-L、粒子径100nmのイソプロパノールを分散剤としたIPA-STZL(以上、商品名、日産化学工業(株)製)、粒子径12nmのγ-ブチロラクトンを分散剤としたオスカル101、粒子径60nmのγ-ブチロラクトンを分散剤としたオスカル105、粒子径120nmのジアセトンアルコールを分散剤としたオスカル106(以上、商品名、日揮触媒化成工業(株)製)が挙げられる。なお、中空の有無については、TEM(透過型電子顕微鏡)写真により粒子断面像によって確認できる。 Silica fine particles that are not porous inside and have no hollow are, for example, IPA-ST in which isopropanol having a particle size of 12 nm is used as a dispersant, MIBK-ST in which methyl isobutyl ketone having a particle size of 12 nm is used as a dispersant, particles IPA-ST-L using isopropanol having a diameter of 45 nm as a dispersant, IPA-STZL using isopropanol having a particle diameter of 100 nm as a dispersant (trade name, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), γ-butyrolactone having a particle diameter of 12 nm Oscar 101 using γ-butyrolactone as a dispersant, Oscar 105 using γ-butyrolactone with a particle size of 60 nm, Oscar 106 using diacetone alcohol with a particle size of 120 nm as a dispersant (trade name, JGC Catalysts & Chemicals Co., Ltd.) Manufactured). In addition, the presence or absence of a hollow can be confirmed by a particle cross-sectional image by a TEM (transmission electron microscope) photograph.
 市販されているシリカ微粒子の例としては、オルガノシリカゾルの“OSCAL”(日揮触媒化成工業(株)製)、コロイダルシリカ“スノーテックス”、オルガノシリカゾル(日産化学工業(株)製)、高純度コロイダルシリカ、高純度オルガノゾル“クォートロン”(扶桑化学工業(株))などが挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available silica fine particles include organosilica sol “OSCAL” (manufactured by JGC Catalysts & Chemicals Co., Ltd.), colloidal silica “Snowtex”, organosilica sol (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and high purity colloidal. Silica, high-purity organosol “Quartron” (Fuso Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned.
 特定粒子は、分散安定化を図るために、又は、バインダー成分との親和性若しくは結合性を高めるために、プラズマ放電処理及びコロナ放電処理のような物理的表面処理、又は、界面活性剤及びカップリング剤等による化学的表面処理がなされていてもよい。なかでも、カップリング剤の使用が好ましい。カップリング剤としては、アルコキシメタル化合物(例、チタンカップリング剤、シランカップリング剤)が好ましく用いられる。なかでも、シランカップリング処理が特に有効である。
 すなわち、特定粒子がシリカ粒子であり、カップリング剤がシラン化合物である場合、シラン化合物とシラノール基との反応により、オルガノシリル基(モノオルガノシリル、ジオルガノシリル、トリオルガノシリル基)がシリカ粒子の表面に結合するものである。表面処理されたシリカ粒子がその表面に有する有機基としては、飽和又は不飽和の炭素数1~18の炭化水素基、及び、炭素数1~18のハロゲン化炭化水素基などが挙げられる。
 上記カップリング剤は、特定粒子の表面処理剤として低屈折率層用塗布液の調製以前にあらかじめ表面処理を施すために用いられても、塗布液調製時にさらに添加剤として添加してもよい。
 特定粒子は、表面処理前に、媒体中に予め分散されていることが、表面処理の負荷軽減のために好ましい。
In order to stabilize dispersion or to increase the affinity or binding property with the binder component, the specific particles may be subjected to physical surface treatments such as plasma discharge treatment and corona discharge treatment, or surfactants and cups. Chemical surface treatment with a ring agent or the like may be performed. Of these, the use of a coupling agent is preferred. As the coupling agent, an alkoxy metal compound (eg, titanium coupling agent, silane coupling agent) is preferably used. Of these, silane coupling treatment is particularly effective.
That is, when the specific particles are silica particles and the coupling agent is a silane compound, organosilyl groups (monoorganosilyl, diorganosilyl, triorganosilyl groups) are converted into silica particles by the reaction of the silane compound and the silanol group. It binds to the surface. Examples of the organic group on the surface of the surface-treated silica particles include a saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and a halogenated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
The above-mentioned coupling agent may be used as a surface treatment agent for specific particles in advance for surface treatment prior to the preparation of the coating solution for the low refractive index layer, or may be added as an additive during the preparation of the coating solution.
The specific particles are preferably dispersed in the medium in advance before the surface treatment in order to reduce the load of the surface treatment.
 シリカからなる特定粒子としては市販されているものを好ましく用いることができる。
 例えば、日揮触媒化成(株)製スルーリアシリーズ(中空粒子、イソプロパノール(IPA)分散、4-メチル-2-ペンタノン(MIBK)分散など。例えばスルーリア2320など。)、OSCALシリーズ、日産化学(株)製スノーテックスシリーズ(多孔質粒子、IPA分散、エチレングリコール分散、メチルエチルケトン(MEK)分散、ジメチルアセトアミド分散、MIBK分散、プロピレングリコールモノメチルアセテート分散、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル分散、メタノール分散、酢酸エチル分散、酢酸ブチル分散、キシレン-n-ブタノール分散、トルエン分散など。例えばMIBK-SD-L、MIBK-STなど。)、日鉄鉱業(株)製シリナックス(多孔質粒子)、扶桑化学工業(株)製PLシリーズ(多孔質粒子、IPA分散、トルエン分散、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル分散、メチルエチルケトン分散など。例えばPL-1-IPA、PL-2L-PGMEなど。)、EVONIK社製アエロジルシリーズ(多孔質粒子、プロピレングリコールアセテート分散、エチレングリコール分散、MIBK分散など)などのシリカ粒子を用いることができる。
Commercially available particles can be preferably used as the specific particles made of silica.
For example, Julia Catalysts Co., Ltd. through rear series (hollow particles, isopropanol (IPA) dispersion, 4-methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK) dispersion, etc., such as through rear 2320), OSCAL series, Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd. Snowtex series (porous particles, IPA dispersion, ethylene glycol dispersion, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) dispersion, dimethylacetamide dispersion, MIBK dispersion, propylene glycol monomethyl acetate dispersion, propylene glycol monomethyl ether dispersion, methanol dispersion, ethyl acetate dispersion, butyl acetate) Dispersion, xylene-n-butanol dispersion, toluene dispersion, etc. For example, MIBK-SD-L, MIBK-ST, etc.), Sirenax (porous particles) manufactured by Nittetsu Mining Co., Ltd., PL manufactured by Fuso Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. series Porous particles, IPA dispersion, toluene dispersion, propylene glycol monomethyl ether dispersion, methyl ethyl ketone dispersion, etc., such as PL-1-IPA, PL-2L-PGME, etc., Aerosil series manufactured by EVONIK (porous particles, propylene glycol acetate dispersion) Silica particles such as ethylene glycol dispersion and MIBK dispersion) can be used.
 本発明においては、特定粒子として、複数のシリカ粒子が鎖状に連なった粒子凝集体(数珠状シリカとも称する)を用いることも好ましく、より具体的には、数珠状コロイダルシリカ粒子が液体媒体中に分散したゾルを用いることもより好ましい。一般に、シリカゾルに含まれるシリカ粒子としては、数珠状の他に、球状、針状又は板状のもの等が広く知られているが、本実施形態では、数珠状コロイダルシリカ粒子が分散したシリカゾルを用いることが好ましい。この数珠状コロイダルシリカ粒子が存在することによって、形成される膜に空孔ができやすく、非常に低い屈折率の膜を形成することができるからである。また、粒子のサイズが小さく、膜のヘイズを小さくできる。 In the present invention, it is also preferable to use a particle aggregate (also referred to as beaded silica) in which a plurality of silica particles are linked in a chain as the specific particle, and more specifically, the beaded colloidal silica particles are contained in a liquid medium. It is also more preferable to use a sol dispersed in the above. Generally, as the silica particles contained in the silica sol, in addition to the bead shape, spherical, needle-like or plate-like ones are widely known, but in this embodiment, the silica sol in which the bead-like colloidal silica particles are dispersed is used. It is preferable to use it. This is because the presence of these beaded colloidal silica particles facilitates formation of pores in the formed film, and a film having a very low refractive index can be formed. Further, the particle size is small, and the haze of the film can be reduced.
 上記数珠状コロイダルシリカ粒子は、平均粒子径が5~50nmの複数の球状コロイダルシリカ粒子が、金属酸化物含有シリカによって接合されたものであることが好ましい。平均粒子径が下限値未満では形成後の膜の屈折率が十分に低下せず、一方、上限値を越えると膜表面の凹凸により膜のヘイズが増大することがある。球状コロイダルシリカ粒子の平均粒子径は5~30nmの範囲であることが好ましい。なお、上記球状コロイダルシリカ粒子の平均粒子径とは、BET法により測定した平均粒径をいう。 The beaded colloidal silica particles are preferably those in which a plurality of spherical colloidal silica particles having an average particle diameter of 5 to 50 nm are joined by a metal oxide-containing silica. If the average particle diameter is less than the lower limit, the refractive index of the film after formation does not sufficiently decrease. On the other hand, if the average particle diameter exceeds the upper limit, the haze of the film may increase due to irregularities on the film surface. The average particle diameter of the spherical colloidal silica particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 30 nm. In addition, the average particle diameter of the said spherical colloidal silica particle means the average particle diameter measured by BET method.
 また、上記数珠状コロイダルシリカ粒子は、上記球状コロイダルシリカ粒子の動的光散乱法により測定された数平均粒子径(D1nm)と上記球状コロイダルシリカ粒子の窒素吸着法により測定された比表面積Sm/gからD2=2720/Sの式により得られる平均粒子径(D2nm)との比D1/D2が3以上であって、このD1が30~300nmであり、上記球状コロイダルシリカ粒子が一平面内のみにつながっていることが好ましい。D1/D2が3未満では、形成後の膜のヘイズが増大することがある。D1/D2は3~20であることが好ましい。下限値未満では粒子が凝集して沈殿物を形成しやすく、一方、上限値を越えると形成後の膜のヘイズが増大することがある。D1は35~150nmであることが好ましい。また、球状コロイダルシリカ粒子を接合する金属酸化物含有シリカとしては、例えば非晶質のシリカ、又は、非晶質のアルミナ等が例示される。数珠状コロイダルシリカ粒子が分散する液体媒体としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール、IPA、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、及び、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート等が例示される。
 また、使用するシリカゾルのSiO濃度は、5~40質量%であるものが好ましい。使用するシリカゾルのSiO濃度が低すぎると形成後の膜の屈折率が十分に低下しない場合があり、一方、高すぎるとシリカゾル中のSiOが凝集しやすく液が不安定となる場合がある。このような数珠状コロイダルシリカ粒子が分散したシリカゾルとしては、例えば特許第4328935号又は特開2013-253145号公報に記載されているシリカゾル等を使用することができる。
The beaded colloidal silica particles have a number average particle diameter (D1 nm) measured by the dynamic light scattering method of the spherical colloidal silica particles and a specific surface area Sm 2 measured by the nitrogen adsorption method of the spherical colloidal silica particles. The ratio D1 / D2 with respect to the average particle diameter (D2 nm) obtained by the formula of D2 = 2720 / S from / g is 3 or more, the D1 is 30 to 300 nm, and the spherical colloidal silica particles are in one plane. It is preferable that it is connected only to. If D1 / D2 is less than 3, the haze of the film after formation may increase. D1 / D2 is preferably 3 to 20. If it is less than the lower limit, the particles tend to aggregate and form a precipitate. On the other hand, if the upper limit is exceeded, the haze of the formed film may increase. D1 is preferably 35 to 150 nm. Moreover, as a metal oxide containing silica which joins a spherical colloidal silica particle, an amorphous silica, an amorphous alumina, etc. are illustrated, for example. Examples of the liquid medium in which the beaded colloidal silica particles are dispersed include methanol, ethanol, IPA, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
The silica sol used preferably has a SiO 2 concentration of 5 to 40% by mass. If the SiO 2 concentration of the silica sol to be used is too low, the refractive index of the film after formation may not be sufficiently lowered. On the other hand, if it is too high, the SiO 2 in the silica sol tends to aggregate and the liquid may become unstable. . As such a silica sol in which beaded colloidal silica particles are dispersed, for example, a silica sol described in Japanese Patent No. 4328935 or JP2013-253145A can be used.
 特定粒子の分散液中の含有量は、10質量%~50質量%が好ましく、15質量%~40質量%がより好ましく、15質量%~30質量%がさらに好ましい。 The content of the specific particles in the dispersion is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to 40% by mass, and further preferably 15% by mass to 30% by mass.
 透明樹脂の塗布液中の全固形分に対する特定粒子の含有量は、5質量%~95質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましく、20質量%~80質量%であることがさらに好ましい。
 透明樹脂の膜を形成する場合、特定粒子の塗設量は、1mg/m~100mg/mが好ましく、より好ましくは5mg/m~80mg/m、さらに好ましくは10mg/m~60mg/mである。1mg/m以上であることによって、低屈折率化の効果及び耐擦傷性の改良効果を確実に得ることができるとともに、100mg/m以下であることによって、低屈折率層(硬化膜)の表面に微細な凹凸ができて積分反射率が悪化することを抑制できる。
 なお、本明細書において全固形成分ないし全固形分とは、100℃で乾燥処理を行ったときに、揮発ないし蒸発して消失しない成分を言う。典型的には、溶剤や分散媒体以外の成分を指す。
The content of the specific particles with respect to the total solid content in the coating solution of the transparent resin is preferably 5% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, and 20% by mass to 80% by mass. More preferably, it is mass%.
When a transparent resin film is formed, the coating amount of the specific particles is preferably 1 mg / m 2 to 100 mg / m 2 , more preferably 5 mg / m 2 to 80 mg / m 2 , still more preferably 10 mg / m 2 to 60 mg / m 2 . By being 1 mg / m 2 or more, the effect of lowering the refractive index and the effect of improving scratch resistance can be surely obtained, and by being 100 mg / m 2 or less, the low refractive index layer (cured film) It is possible to suppress the deterioration of the integrated reflectance due to the formation of fine irregularities on the surface of the substrate.
In this specification, the total solid component or the total solid content refers to a component that does not volatilize or evaporate when dried at 100 ° C. Typically, it refers to components other than solvents and dispersion media.
<硬化剤>
 透明樹脂の塗布液は、さらに硬化剤を含有してもよい。硬化剤としては、Al、Mg、Mn、Ti、Cu、Co、Zn、Hf及びZrを含む硬化剤が好ましく、これらを併用することもできる。
<Curing agent>
The transparent resin coating solution may further contain a curing agent. As a hardening | curing agent, the hardening | curing agent containing Al, Mg, Mn, Ti, Cu, Co, Zn, Hf, and Zr is preferable, and these can also be used together.
 これらの硬化剤は、金属アルコキシドにキレート化剤を反応させることにより容易に得ることができる。キレート化剤の例としては、アセチルアセトン、ベンゾイルアセトン、ジベンゾイルメタンなどのβ-ジケトン;アセト酢酸エチル、ベンゾイル酢酸エチルなどのβ-ケト酸エステルなどを用いることができる。 These curing agents can be easily obtained by reacting a metal alkoxide with a chelating agent. Examples of chelating agents include β-diketones such as acetylacetone, benzoylacetone, and dibenzoylmethane; β-keto acid esters such as ethyl acetoacetate and ethyl benzoylacetate.
 金属基キレート化合物の好ましい具体的な例としては、エチルアセトアセテートアルミニウムジイソプロピレート、アルミニウムトリス(エチルアセトアセテート)、アルキルアセトアセテートアルミニウムジイソプロピレート、アルミニウムモノアセチルアセテートビス(エチルアセトアセテート)、アルミニウムトリス(アセチルアセトネート)等のアルミニウムキレート化合物、エチルアセトアセテートマグネシウムモノイソプロピレート、マグネシウムビス(エチルアセトアセテート)、アルキルアセトアセテートマグネシウムモノイソプロピレート、マグネシウムビス(アセチルアセトネート)等のマグネシウムキレート化合物、ジルコニウムテトラアセチルアセトナート、ジルコニウムトリブトキシアセチルアセトナート、ジルコニウムアセチルアセトナートビス(エチルアセトアセテート)、マンガンアセチルアセトナート、コバルトアセチルアセトナート、銅アセチルアセトナート、チタンアセチルアセトナート、及び、チタンオキシアセチルアセトナートが挙げられる。これらのうち、好ましくは、アルミニウムトリス(アセチルアセトネート)、アルミニウムトリス(エチルアセトアセテート)、マグネシウムビス(アセチルアセトネート)、マグネシウムビス(エチルアセトアセテート)、ジルコニウムテトラアセチルアセトナートであり、保存安定性、入手容易さを考慮すると、アルミニウムトリス(アセチルアセトネート)、アルミニウムトリス(エチルアセトアセテート)が特に好ましい。 Preferable specific examples of the metal group chelate compound include ethyl acetoacetate aluminum diisopropylate, aluminum tris (ethyl acetoacetate), alkyl acetoacetate aluminum diisopropylate, aluminum monoacetylacetate bis (ethyl acetoacetate), aluminum tris Aluminum chelate compounds such as (acetylacetonate), ethyl acetoacetate magnesium monoisopropylate, magnesium bis (ethylacetoacetate), alkylacetoacetate magnesium monoisopropylate, magnesium chelate compounds such as magnesium bis (acetylacetonate), zirconium tetra Acetylacetonate, zirconium tributoxyacetylacetonate, di Benzalkonium acetylacetonate bis (ethylacetoacetate), manganese acetylacetonate, cobalt acetylacetonate, copper acetylacetonate, titanium acetylacetonate, and, and titanium oxy acetylacetonate. Of these, aluminum tris (acetylacetonate), aluminum tris (ethylacetoacetate), magnesium bis (acetylacetonate), magnesium bis (ethylacetoacetate), and zirconium tetraacetylacetonate are preferred, and storage stability Considering availability, aluminum tris (acetylacetonate) and aluminum tris (ethyl acetoacetate) are particularly preferable.
 硬化剤の総含有量は、透明樹脂の全含有量100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.001質量部~10質量部であり、より好ましくは、0.01質量部~5質量部であり、さらに好ましくは0.01質量部~0.5質量部である。 The total content of the curing agent is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the transparent resin. More preferably, it is 0.01 parts by mass to 0.5 parts by mass.
<粘度>
 透明樹脂の塗布液の粘度は、厚みのある良好な透過膜を形成する観点から、その粘度が調節されていることが好ましい。具体的な粘度の範囲は特に限定されないが、1~20mPa・sであることが好ましく、1.2~15mPa・sであることがより好ましく、1.5~6mPa・sであることが特に好ましい。本明細書における粘度の値は、特に断らない限り、次の測定方法によるものとする。
 ・測定方法
 E型粘度計「TV-20形粘度計・コーンプレートタイプ TVE-20L」(東機産業製)を用いて、室温(約25℃)で測定する。サンプリングは100秒ごとに5回粘度を測定した値の平均とする。
<Viscosity>
The viscosity of the transparent resin coating solution is preferably adjusted from the viewpoint of forming a thick and permeable film. The specific viscosity range is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20 mPa · s, more preferably 1.2 to 15 mPa · s, and particularly preferably 1.5 to 6 mPa · s. . Unless otherwise indicated, the viscosity value in this specification shall be based on the following measuring method.
Measurement method Measured at room temperature (about 25 ° C.) using an E-type viscometer “TV-20 type viscometer / corn plate type TVE-20L” (manufactured by Toki Sangyo). Sampling is the average of the values measured for viscosity 5 times every 100 seconds.
 低屈折率層の製造方法は特に制限されないが、上述したシロキサン樹脂又はフッ素樹脂などの透明樹脂を含む塗布液を黒色層上に塗布して、必要に応じて加熱処理を実施して低屈折率層を形成する方法が挙げられる。
 塗布の態様として、スピンコート法、ディップコート法、ローラーブレード法、又は、スプレー法などを適用することができる。
 加熱処理の条件は特に制限されないが、50℃以上であることが好ましく、65℃以上であることがより好ましく、70℃以上であることがさらに好ましい。上限としては、200℃以下であることが好ましく、150℃以下であることがより好ましく、120℃以下であることがさらに好ましい。上記加熱時間は特に限定されないが、0.5分以上60分以下であることが好ましく、1分以上10分以下であることがより好ましい。
 加熱処理の方法としては特に制限されず、ホットプレート、オーブン、ファーネス等により加熱することができる。
 加熱処理の際の雰囲気としては特に制限されず、不活性雰囲気、及び、酸化性雰囲気などを適用することができる。不活性雰囲気は、窒素、ヘリウム、及び、アルゴンなどの不活性ガスにより実現できる。酸化性雰囲気は、これら不活性ガスと酸化性ガスの混合ガスにより実現することができる他、空気を利用してもよい。酸化性ガスとしては、例えば、酸素、一酸化炭素、及び、二窒化酸素などを挙げることができる。加熱工程は、加圧下、常圧下、減圧下又は真空中のいずれの圧力でも実施することができる。
The method for producing the low refractive index layer is not particularly limited, but the low refractive index is obtained by applying a coating solution containing the above-described transparent resin such as siloxane resin or fluorine resin on the black layer, and performing heat treatment as necessary. The method of forming a layer is mentioned.
As an application mode, a spin coating method, a dip coating method, a roller blade method, a spray method, or the like can be applied.
The conditions for the heat treatment are not particularly limited, but are preferably 50 ° C. or higher, more preferably 65 ° C. or higher, and further preferably 70 ° C. or higher. As an upper limit, it is preferable that it is 200 degrees C or less, It is more preferable that it is 150 degrees C or less, It is further more preferable that it is 120 degrees C or less. Although the said heating time is not specifically limited, It is preferable that it is 0.5 to 60 minutes, and it is more preferable that it is 1 to 10 minutes.
The method for the heat treatment is not particularly limited, and it can be heated by a hot plate, an oven, a furnace, or the like.
There is no particular limitation on the atmosphere in the heat treatment, and an inert atmosphere, an oxidizing atmosphere, or the like can be used. The inert atmosphere can be realized by an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium and argon. The oxidizing atmosphere can be realized by a mixed gas of these inert gas and oxidizing gas, or air may be used. Examples of the oxidizing gas include oxygen, carbon monoxide, and oxygen dinitride. The heating step can be carried out under pressure, normal pressure, reduced pressure, or vacuum.
<遮光膜をパターン状に形成する方法>
 本発明の遮光膜をパターン状に形成する場合は、前述した黒色層をパターン状に製造する方法と、低屈折率層をパターン状に形成する方法を適宜組み合わせて行うことができる。
 具体例としては、黒色層形成用組成物と低屈折率層形成用組成物を、ともに光重合開始剤と重合性化合物を含む光硬化性組成物とし、パターン露光して現像することにより2層同時にパターン化する方法が挙げられる。また、黒色層をパターン状に形成しておいて、パターン状の黒色層を覆うように黒色層上に低屈折率層を形成し、さらに低屈折率層上にレジスト膜を配置してパターン露光および現像することにより低屈折率層上にレジストパターンを形成し、次に、レジストパターンをマスクとしたドライエッチングによりパターン状の黒色層上に低屈折率層が残存するように、低屈折率層をエッチングした後、レジストパターンを除去する方法も挙げられる。ドライエッチングによりパターンを形成する方法としては、例えば、特開2013-64993号公報、特開2010-134352号公報などに記載されている方法を参照することができる。
<Method of forming light shielding film in pattern>
When the light shielding film of the present invention is formed in a pattern, the above-described method for producing the black layer in a pattern and the method for forming the low refractive index layer in a pattern can be appropriately combined.
As a specific example, a black layer forming composition and a low refractive index layer forming composition are both made into a photocurable composition containing a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound. The method of patterning simultaneously is mentioned. In addition, a black layer is formed in a pattern, a low refractive index layer is formed on the black layer so as to cover the patterned black layer, and a resist film is further disposed on the low refractive index layer for pattern exposure. And developing to form a resist pattern on the low refractive index layer, and then dry etching using the resist pattern as a mask so that the low refractive index layer remains on the patterned black layer. There is also a method of removing the resist pattern after etching. As a method for forming a pattern by dry etching, for example, methods described in JP2013-64993A and JP2010-134352A can be referred to.
<<遮光膜付き赤外光カットフィルタ、固体撮像装置>>
 上述した遮光膜は、固体撮像装置に好適に適用することができる。
 以下では、まず、本発明の遮光膜を有する固体撮像装置の第1実施形態について詳述する。
 図2及び図3に示すように、固体撮像装置2は、固体撮像素子としてCMOSセンサ3と、このCMOSセンサ3が実装される回路基板4と、回路基板4を保持するセラミック製のセラミック基板5とを備えている。また、固体撮像装置2は、セラミック基板5に保持され、CMOSセンサ3に向かう赤外光(IR)をカットするIRカットフィルタ6と、撮影レンズ7と、この撮影レンズ7を保持するレンズホルダ8と、このレンズホルダ8を移動自在に保持する保持筒9とを備えている。また、CMOSセンサ3に代えて、CCDセンサや有機CMOSセンサを設けてもよい。
 セラミック基板5は、CMOSセンサ3が挿入される開口5aが形成され、枠状となっており、CMOSセンサ3の側面を囲んでいる。この状態で、CMOSセンサ3が実装された回路基板4は、接着剤(例えば、エポキシ系接着剤、以下同様)によりセラミック基板5に固定されている。回路基板4には、各種回路パターンが形成されている。
<< Infrared light cut filter with light shielding film, solid-state imaging device >>
The above-described light shielding film can be suitably applied to a solid-state imaging device.
In the following, a first embodiment of a solid-state imaging device having a light shielding film of the present invention will be described in detail.
As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the solid-state imaging device 2 includes a CMOS sensor 3 as a solid-state imaging device, a circuit board 4 on which the CMOS sensor 3 is mounted, and a ceramic ceramic substrate 5 that holds the circuit board 4. And. The solid-state image pickup device 2 is held on a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6 that cuts infrared light (IR) toward the CMOS sensor 3, a photographing lens 7, and a lens holder 8 that holds the photographing lens 7. And a holding cylinder 9 that holds the lens holder 8 movably. Further, instead of the CMOS sensor 3, a CCD sensor or an organic CMOS sensor may be provided.
The ceramic substrate 5 has an opening 5 a into which the CMOS sensor 3 is inserted, has a frame shape, and surrounds the side surface of the CMOS sensor 3. In this state, the circuit board 4 on which the CMOS sensor 3 is mounted is fixed to the ceramic substrate 5 with an adhesive (for example, an epoxy adhesive, the same applies hereinafter). Various circuit patterns are formed on the circuit board 4.
 IRカットフィルタ6は、板状のガラスや青ガラスに赤外光を反射する反射膜が形成され、この反射膜が形成された面が入射面6aとなる。IRカットフィルタ6は、開口5aよりも一回り大きいサイズで形成され、開口5aを覆うように接着剤によりセラミック基板5に固定されている。
 撮影レンズ7の背後(図3及び図4における下方)に、CMOSセンサ3が配され、撮影レンズ7とCMOSセンサ3との間に、IRカットフィルタ6が配されている。被写体光は、撮影レンズ7、IRカットフィルタ6を通ってCMOSセンサ3の受光面に入射する。このとき、赤外光は、IRカットフィルタ6によりカットされる。
 回路基板4は、固体撮像装置2が搭載される電子機器(例えば、デジタルカメラ)に設けられた制御部に接続され、電子機器から固体撮像装置2に電力が供給される。CMOSセンサ3は、受光面上に多数のカラー画素が二次元に配列されており、各カラー画素は入射光を光電変換し、発生した信号電荷を蓄積する。
In the IR cut filter 6, a reflection film that reflects infrared light is formed on a plate-like glass or blue glass, and the surface on which the reflection film is formed becomes the incident surface 6a. The IR cut filter 6 is formed in a size slightly larger than the opening 5a, and is fixed to the ceramic substrate 5 with an adhesive so as to cover the opening 5a.
A CMOS sensor 3 is disposed behind the photographing lens 7 (downward in FIGS. 3 and 4), and an IR cut filter 6 is disposed between the photographing lens 7 and the CMOS sensor 3. The subject light enters the light receiving surface of the CMOS sensor 3 through the photographing lens 7 and the IR cut filter 6. At this time, the infrared light is cut by the IR cut filter 6.
The circuit board 4 is connected to a control unit provided in an electronic device (for example, a digital camera) on which the solid-state imaging device 2 is mounted, and power is supplied from the electronic device to the solid-state imaging device 2. In the CMOS sensor 3, a large number of color pixels are two-dimensionally arranged on the light receiving surface, and each color pixel photoelectrically converts incident light and accumulates generated signal charges.
 図3及び図4に示すように、IRカットフィルタ6の入射面6aの端部には、全周に亘って上述した遮光膜(遮光層)11が配置されており、遮光膜付き赤外光カットフィルタが形成されている。撮影レンズ7から出射され、セラミック基板5の前面(図3及び図4における上面)で反射した反射光R1が、装置内で反射や屈折を繰り返した後にCMOSセンサ3に入射した場合や、撮影レンズ7から出射されたレンズホルダ8の内壁面で反射した反射光R2が、CMOSセンサ3に入射した場合には、撮影画像でフレアが発生する原因となる。遮光膜11は、CMOSセンサ3に向かう反射光R1、R2等の有害光を遮光する。遮光膜11は、例えばスピンコート法、スプレーコート法で塗布されている。なお、図3及び図4では、遮光膜11の厚みを誇張して描いている。 As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the light shielding film (light shielding layer) 11 described above is arranged over the entire circumference at the end of the incident surface 6 a of the IR cut filter 6, and infrared light with a light shielding film is provided. A cut filter is formed. The reflected light R1 emitted from the photographing lens 7 and reflected by the front surface (the upper surface in FIGS. 3 and 4) of the ceramic substrate 5 is incident on the CMOS sensor 3 after being repeatedly reflected and refracted in the device, When the reflected light R2 reflected from the inner wall surface of the lens holder 8 emitted from the lens 7 enters the CMOS sensor 3, flare occurs in the captured image. The light shielding film 11 shields harmful light such as reflected light R <b> 1 and R <b> 2 toward the CMOS sensor 3. The light shielding film 11 is applied by, for example, spin coating or spray coating. 3 and 4, the thickness of the light shielding film 11 is exaggerated.
 図5に第2実施形態の固体撮像装置20を示す。なお、第1実施形態のものと同様の構成部材には同一の符号を付し、その詳細な説明を省略する。
 固体撮像装置20は、CMOSセンサ3と、回路基板4と、セラミック基板5と、IRカットフィルタ6と、撮影レンズ7と、レンズホルダ8と、保持筒9とを備えている。IRカットフィルタ6の側端面に、全周に亘って上述した遮光膜(遮光層)21が形成されている。撮影レンズ7から出射され、セラミック基板5の前面で反射した反射光R3が、装置内で反射や屈折を繰り返した後にCMOSセンサ3に入射した場合には、撮影画像でフレアが発生する原因となる。遮光膜21は、CMOSセンサ3に向かう反射光R3等の有害光を遮光する。
FIG. 5 shows a solid-state imaging device 20 according to the second embodiment. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the structural member similar to the thing of 1st Embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate | omitted.
The solid-state imaging device 20 includes a CMOS sensor 3, a circuit board 4, a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6, a photographing lens 7, a lens holder 8, and a holding cylinder 9. The above-described light shielding film (light shielding layer) 21 is formed on the side end face of the IR cut filter 6 over the entire circumference. When the reflected light R3 emitted from the photographing lens 7 and reflected by the front surface of the ceramic substrate 5 is incident on the CMOS sensor 3 after being repeatedly reflected and refracted in the apparatus, it causes flare in the photographed image. . The light shielding film 21 shields harmful light such as reflected light R <b> 3 directed toward the CMOS sensor 3.
 図6に第3実施形態の固体撮像装置30を示す。なお、第1実施形態のものと同様の構成部材には同一の符号を付し、その詳細な説明を省略する。
 固体撮像装置30は、CMOSセンサ3と、回路基板4と、セラミック基板5と、IRカットフィルタ6と、撮影レンズ7と、レンズホルダ8と、保持筒9とを備えている。IRカットフィルタ6の入射面6aの端部及び側端面に、全周に亘って上述した遮光膜(遮光層)31が形成されている。すなわち、第1、第2実施形態を組み合わせたものとなっている。この実施形態では、第1、第2実施形態よりも遮光性能が高くなるので、フレアの発生が確実に抑制される。
FIG. 6 shows a solid-state imaging device 30 according to the third embodiment. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the structural member similar to the thing of 1st Embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate | omitted.
The solid-state imaging device 30 includes a CMOS sensor 3, a circuit board 4, a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6, a photographing lens 7, a lens holder 8, and a holding cylinder 9. The light-shielding film (light-shielding layer) 31 described above is formed on the end and side end surfaces of the incident surface 6a of the IR cut filter 6 over the entire circumference. That is, the first and second embodiments are combined. In this embodiment, since the light shielding performance is higher than in the first and second embodiments, the occurrence of flare is reliably suppressed.
 図7に第4実施形態の固体撮像装置40を示す。なお、第1実施形態のものと同様の構成部材には同一の符号を付し、その詳細な説明を省略する。
 固体撮像装置40は、CMOSセンサ3と、回路基板4と、セラミック基板5と、IRカットフィルタ6と、撮影レンズ7と、レンズホルダ8と、保持筒9とを備えている。IRカットフィルタ6の入射面6aの端部及び側端面に、全周に亘って上述した遮光膜(遮光層)31が形成されている。
 また、セラミック基板5の内壁面には、遮光膜(遮光層)41が形成されている。撮影レンズ7から出射され、IRカットフィルタ6を通過してセラミック基板5の内壁面で反射した反射光がCMOSセンサ3に入射した場合には、撮影画像のフレアが発生する原因となる。遮光膜41は、セラミック基板5の内壁面よりも遮光性能が高くなるので、フレアの発生が確実に抑制される。
FIG. 7 shows a solid-state imaging device 40 according to the fourth embodiment. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the structural member similar to the thing of 1st Embodiment, and the detailed description is abbreviate | omitted.
The solid-state imaging device 40 includes a CMOS sensor 3, a circuit board 4, a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6, a photographing lens 7, a lens holder 8, and a holding cylinder 9. The light-shielding film (light-shielding layer) 31 described above is formed on the end and side end surfaces of the incident surface 6a of the IR cut filter 6 over the entire circumference.
A light shielding film (light shielding layer) 41 is formed on the inner wall surface of the ceramic substrate 5. When reflected light that is emitted from the photographing lens 7, passes through the IR cut filter 6, and is reflected by the inner wall surface of the ceramic substrate 5 enters the CMOS sensor 3, flare of the photographed image occurs. Since the light shielding film 41 has a light shielding performance higher than that of the inner wall surface of the ceramic substrate 5, the occurrence of flare is reliably suppressed.
 なお、図3に示されるCMOSセンサ3の一部に、上述した遮光膜(遮光層)を配置することもでき、そのような用途の場合にもフレアの発生が抑制されるので好ましい。 Note that the above-described light-shielding film (light-shielding layer) can also be disposed in a part of the CMOS sensor 3 shown in FIG. 3, and this is preferable because the occurrence of flare is suppressed in such applications.
 以下、本発明をさらに具体的に説明するが、本発明はその主旨を越えない限り、以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」「%」は質量基準である。また、室温は25℃を指す。
 なお、本実施例に関しては、後述する分散物の調整後、及び、後述する組成物を調製後のそれぞれについて、全て日本ポール製DFA4201NXEY(0.45μmナイロンフィルター)を用いてろ過を行った。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples unless it exceeds the gist of the present invention. Unless otherwise specified, “part” and “%” are based on mass. Room temperature refers to 25 ° C.
In addition, about the present Example, it filtered all using DFA4201NXEY (0.45 micrometer nylon filter) made from a Japanese pole about each after adjusting the dispersion mentioned later and preparing the composition mentioned later.
<チタンブラック分散物の調製>
-チタンブラックA-1の作製-
 BET比表面積110m/gの酸化チタンTTO-51N(商品名:石原産業製)を120g、BET表面積300m/gのシリカ粒子AEROSIL300(登録商標)300/30(エボニック製)を25g、及び、分散剤Disperbyk190(商品名:ビックケミー社製)を100g秤量し、イオン電気交換水71gを加えてKURABO製MAZERSTAR KK-400Wを使用して、公転回転数1360rpm、自転回転数1047rpmにて混合物を30分間処理することにより均一な水溶液を得た。この水溶液を石英容器に充填し、小型ロータリーキルン(株式会社モトヤマ製)を用いて酸素雰囲気中で920℃に加熱した。その後、小型ロータリーキルン内を窒素で雰囲気を置換し、同温度でアンモニアガスを100mL/minで小型ロータリーキルン内に5時間流すことにより、窒化還元処理を実施した。終了後回収した粉末を乳鉢で粉砕し、Si原子を含み、粉末状の比表面積85m/gのチタンブラック(A-1)〔チタンブラック粒子及びSi原子を含む被分散体〕を得た。
<Preparation of titanium black dispersion>
-Production of Titanium Black A-1-
120 g of titanium oxide TTO-51N (trade name: manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo) with a BET specific surface area of 110 m 2 / g, 25 g of silica particles AEROSIL 300 (registered trademark) 300/30 (manufactured by Evonik) with a BET surface area of 300 m 2 / g, and Dispersant Disperbyk190 (trade name: manufactured by Big Chemie) is weighed 100 g, 71 g of ion-exchanged water is added, and the mixture is used at a revolution speed of 1360 rpm and a rotation speed of 1047 rpm using KURABO MAZERSTAR KK-400W for 30 minutes. A uniform aqueous solution was obtained by the treatment. This aqueous solution was filled in a quartz container and heated to 920 ° C. in an oxygen atmosphere using a small rotary kiln (manufactured by Motoyama Co., Ltd.). Thereafter, the atmosphere in the small rotary kiln was replaced with nitrogen, and nitriding reduction treatment was carried out by flowing ammonia gas at 100 mL / min for 5 hours at the same temperature. After the completion, the recovered powder was pulverized in a mortar to obtain a powdery titanium black (A-1) containing titanium atoms (A-1) containing titanium atoms and having a specific surface area of 85 m 2 / g.
<チタンブラック分散液(TB分散液1)の調製>
 特開2010-106268号公報の段落0338~0340の製造方法に従い、以下式で表される特定樹脂2を得た。また、特定樹脂2の重量平均分子量は40000であり、酸価は100mgKOH/gであり、グラフト鎖の原子数(水素原子を除く)は117であった。
<Preparation of titanium black dispersion (TB dispersion 1)>
According to the production method of paragraphs 0338 to 0340 of JP 2010-106268 A, a specific resin 2 represented by the following formula was obtained. The weight average molecular weight of the specific resin 2 was 40000, the acid value was 100 mgKOH / g, and the number of graft chain atoms (excluding hydrogen atoms) was 117.
 特定樹脂2 Specified resin 2
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 下記組成Iに示す成分を、攪拌機(IKA社製EUROSTAR)を使用して、15分間混合し、混合物aを得た。
(組成I)
・上記のようにして得られたチタンブラック(A-1) ・・・25質量部
・特定樹脂2のプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート30質量%溶液 ・・・25質量部
・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)(溶剤) ・・・23質量部
・酢酸ブチル(溶剤) ・・・27質量部
Components shown in the following composition I were mixed for 15 minutes using a stirrer (EUROSTAR manufactured by IKA) to obtain a mixture a.
(Composition I)
-Titanium black (A-1) obtained as described above-25 parts by mass-30% by mass solution of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate in specific resin 2-25 parts by mass-Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA ) (Solvent): 23 parts by mass / Butyl acetate (Solvent): 27 parts by mass
 得られた分散物aに対し、(株)シンマルエンタープライゼス製のNPM-Pilotを使用して下記条件にて分散処理を行い、チタンブラック分散液(以下、TB分散液1と表記する。)を得た。 The obtained dispersion a was subjected to a dispersion treatment under the following conditions using NPM-Pilot manufactured by Shinmaru Enterprises Co., Ltd., and a titanium black dispersion (hereinafter referred to as TB dispersion 1). Got.
(分散条件)
・ビーズ径:φ0.05mm、ジルコニア製
・ビーズ充填率:65体積%
・ミル周速:10m/sec
・セパレータ周速:11m/s
・分散処理する混合液量:15kg
・循環流量(ポンプ供給量):60kg/hour
・処理液温度:19~21℃
・冷却水:水
・パス回数:90パス
(Distribution condition)
・ Bead diameter: φ0.05mm, made of zirconia ・ Bead filling rate: 65% by volume
・ Mill peripheral speed: 10m / sec
・ Separator peripheral speed: 11m / s
・ Amount of liquid mixture to be dispersed: 15kg
・ Circulating flow rate (pump supply amount): 60 kg / hour
・ Processing liquid temperature: 19-21 ℃
・ Cooling water: Water ・ Number of passes: 90 passes
<黒色層形成用組成物1の調製>
 下記成分を混合することで、黒色層形成用組成物1を調製した。
TB分散液1 43.4質量部
ダイセル化学工業(株)社製サイクロマーP(ACA)230AA(バインダーポリマー;固形分54%) 13.2質量部
日本化薬社製 KAYARAD DPHA(重合性化合物) 7.1質量部
日本化薬社製 KAYARAD RP-1040(重合性化合物) 7.1質量部
チバケスペシャリティケミカル製IRGACURE OXE02(重合開始剤) 2.1質量部
4-メトキシフェノール(重合禁止剤) 0.007質量部
DIC(株)社製メガファックF781F(含フッ素ポリマー型界面活性剤) 0.02質量部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(溶剤) 22.7質量部
酢酸ブチル(溶剤) 1.14質量部
化合物1(密着剤) 1.14質量部
<Preparation of black layer forming composition 1>
A black layer forming composition 1 was prepared by mixing the following components.
TB dispersion 1 43.4 parts by mass Cyclomer P (ACA) 230AA (binder polymer; solid content 54%) manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd. 13.2 parts by mass KAYARAD DPHA (polymerizable compound) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. 7.1 parts by mass KAYARAD RP-1040 (polymerizable compound) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. 7.1 parts by mass IRGACURE OXE02 (polymerization initiator) manufactured by Chibake Specialty Chemical 2.1 parts by mass 4-methoxyphenol (polymerization inhibitor) 0.007 parts by mass Megafac F781F (fluorine-containing polymer surfactant) manufactured by DIC Corporation 0.02 parts by mass Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (solvent) 22.7 parts by mass butyl acetate (solvent) 1.14 parts by mass Part compound 1 (adhesive) 1.14 parts by mass
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
<低屈折分散液B-1の調整>
 特開2013-253145号公報の段落0032~0034、段落0042(実施例1-1)の記載に従って、低屈折分散液B-1を得た。
<Preparation of low refractive dispersion B-1>
According to the description in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 and paragraph 0042 (Example 1-1) of JP2013-253145A, a low refractive dispersion B-1 was obtained.
<低屈折率層形成用組成物1の調製>
 下記成分を混合することで、低屈折率層形成用組成物1を調製した。なお、低屈折率層形成用組成物1には、複数のシリカ粒子が鎖状に連なった粒子凝集体(数珠状コロイダルシリカ)が含まれていた。
・低屈折分散液B-1   75.3質量部
・界面活性剤1:DIC株式会社製F-781F(含フッ素ポリマー型界面活性剤)の10質量%PGMEA溶液 0.1質量部
・有機溶剤1:乳酸エチル    24.6質量部
<Preparation of composition 1 for forming a low refractive index layer>
The composition 1 for forming a low refractive index layer was prepared by mixing the following components. In addition, the composition 1 for forming a low refractive index layer contained a particle aggregate (beaded colloidal silica) in which a plurality of silica particles continued in a chain.
・ Low refractive dispersion B-1 75.3 parts by mass ・ Surfactant 1: 0.1 part by mass of 10 mass% PGMEA solution of F-781F (fluorinated polymer type surfactant) manufactured by DIC Corporation ・ Organic solvent 1 : Ethyl lactate 24.6 parts by mass
<低屈折樹脂B-2の調製>
 溶剤としてエタノール、触媒として塩酸を用いて、メチルトリエトキシシランの加水分解反応及び縮合反応を行い、重量平均分子量約10,000の加水分解縮合物を得た。なお、上記重量平均分子量は先に説明の手順に沿ってGPCにより確認した。
<Preparation of low refractive resin B-2>
Hydrolysis and condensation reactions of methyltriethoxysilane were carried out using ethanol as a solvent and hydrochloric acid as a catalyst to obtain a hydrolysis-condensation product having a weight average molecular weight of about 10,000. The weight average molecular weight was confirmed by GPC according to the procedure described above.
<低屈折率層形成用組成物2の調製>
 下記成分を混合することで、低屈折率層形成用組成物2を調製した。
・低屈折樹脂B-2    6.3質量部
・界面活性剤2:EMUL-020:Emulsogen COL-020
     (アニオン界面活性剤、クラリアント(株)製) 0.5質量部
・有機溶剤3:2-ヘプタノン   93.2質量部
<Preparation of composition 2 for forming a low refractive index layer>
A composition 2 for forming a low refractive index layer was prepared by mixing the following components.
-Low refractive resin B-2 6.3 parts by mass-Surfactant 2: EMUL-020: Emulsogen COL-020
(Anionic surfactant, manufactured by Clariant Co., Ltd.) 0.5 parts by mass Organic solvent 3: 93.2 parts by mass of 2-heptanone
<低屈折分散液B-3の調製>
 低屈折分散液B-1において、低屈折分散液B-1に含まれる数珠状コロイダルシリカを中空粒子に変え、他は同様に行った。具体的に、ケイ素アルコキシド(A)とケイ素アルコキシド(B)との加水分解物と中空粒子のシリカとを、加水分解物中のSiO2分100質量部に対する中空粒子が200質量部となる割合で、撹拌して混合することにより組成物を得た。
<Preparation of low refractive dispersion B-3>
In the low refractive dispersion B-1, the beaded colloidal silica contained in the low refractive dispersion B-1 was changed to hollow particles, and the others were performed in the same manner. Specifically, the hydrolyzate of silicon alkoxide (A) and silicon alkoxide (B) and the silica of the hollow particles are used in such a ratio that the hollow particles become 200 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of SiO 2 in the hydrolyzate. The composition was obtained by stirring and mixing.
<低屈折率層形成用組成物3の調製>
 下記成分を混合することで、低屈折率層形成用組成物3を調製した。
・低屈折分散液B-3  75.3質量部
・界面活性剤1:DIC株式会社製F-781F(含フッ素ポリマー型界面活性剤)の10質量%PGMEA溶液  0.1質量部
・有機溶剤2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート  24.6質量部
<Preparation of composition 3 for forming a low refractive index layer>
The composition 3 for forming a low refractive index layer was prepared by mixing the following components.
-Low refractive dispersion B-3 75.3 parts by mass-Surfactant 1: 0.1 part by mass of 10 mass% PGMEA solution of F-781F (fluorinated polymer type surfactant) manufactured by DIC Corporation-Organic solvent 2 : Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 24.6 parts by mass
<実施例1~3:遮光膜の作製(その1)>
 上記で作製した黒色層形成用組成物1をガラス基板にスピンコート法により塗布した後、得られた塗膜に対して、100℃のホットプレートを用いて120秒間加熱処理(プリベーク)を行った。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して1000mJ/cmの露光量で塗膜を露光した。その後、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことにより、膜厚が3.5μmの黒色層を形成した。
 次に、後述する表1に示す低屈折率層の平均膜厚が得られるように、スピンコーターを用いて低屈折率層形成用組成物1~3を得られた黒色層上に塗布し、その後、ホットプレートにて100℃/120secで乾燥処理を実施することで低屈折率層を形成し、遮光膜を製造した。
<Examples 1 to 3: Production of light shielding film (part 1)>
After apply | coating the composition 1 for black layer formation produced above to the glass substrate by the spin coat method, it heat-processed (prebaked) for 120 second using a 100 degreeC hotplate with respect to the obtained coating film. . Next, the coating film was exposed at an exposure amount of 1000 mJ / cm 2 using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.). Then, the black layer with a film thickness of 3.5 micrometers was formed by performing heat processing (post-baking) for 300 second using a 200 degreeC hotplate.
Next, the low refractive index layer-forming compositions 1 to 3 were applied onto the obtained black layer using a spin coater so as to obtain an average film thickness of the low refractive index layer shown in Table 1 described later. Then, the low refractive index layer was formed by implementing a drying process at 100 degreeC / 120sec with a hotplate, and the light shielding film was manufactured.
 なお、後述する比較例1は、黒色層形成用組成物1を用いて、上述した実施例1~3と同様の手順に従って、黒色層を形成したものであり、低屈折率層は配置されていない。 In Comparative Example 1 described later, a black layer was formed using the black layer forming composition 1 according to the same procedure as in Examples 1 to 3 described above, and a low refractive index layer was disposed. Absent.
<評価>
(反射率の評価)
 作製した遮光膜に、入射角度5°で400~1300nmの光を入射し、その反射率を日立ハイテクノロジーズ製分光器UV4100により測定した。
<Evaluation>
(Evaluation of reflectance)
Light of 400 to 1300 nm was incident on the produced light-shielding film at an incident angle of 5 °, and the reflectance was measured with a spectrometer UV4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies.
(透過率の評価)
 作製した遮光膜に、入射角度0°で400~750nmの光を入射して、その透過率を日立ハイテクノロジーズ製分光器UV4100により測定した。表1に上記400~750nmの光の透過率の最大値を示す。
(Evaluation of transmittance)
Light of 400 to 750 nm was incident on the prepared light shielding film at an incident angle of 0 °, and the transmittance was measured with a spectrometer UV4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies. Table 1 shows the maximum value of the transmittance of the above light of 400 to 750 nm.
(低屈折率層の屈折率の測定)
 低屈折率層形成用組成物1~3より得られる低屈折率層の屈折率は以下の通り測定した。
 8インチシリコンウエハに、低屈折率層形成用組成物1~3をそれぞれスピンコート法で塗布し、その後、塗布膜をホットプレート上で100℃にて2分間加熱した。さらに、塗布膜を、230℃にて10分間ホットプレート上で加熱して、低屈折率層(膜厚:0.1μm)を得た。
 上記で得られた低屈折率層付きシリコンウエハに対して、ジェー・エー・ウーラム・ジャパン社製エリプソメトリーを用いて、低屈折率層の波長850nmおよび940nmの光に対する屈折率を測定した。
(Measurement of refractive index of low refractive index layer)
The refractive index of the low refractive index layer obtained from the low refractive index layer forming compositions 1 to 3 was measured as follows.
The low refractive index layer-forming compositions 1 to 3 were each applied to an 8-inch silicon wafer by spin coating, and then the coating film was heated on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Furthermore, the coating film was heated on a hot plate at 230 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a low refractive index layer (film thickness: 0.1 μm).
The refractive index of the low refractive index layer with respect to light having a wavelength of 850 nm and 940 nm was measured on the silicon wafer with a low refractive index layer obtained above using ellipsometry manufactured by JA Woollam Japan.
<遮光膜の作製(その2)>
 上記で作製した黒色層形成用組成物1をIRカットフィルタの入射面にスピンコート法によりコーター・デベロッパーACT(TEL製)を用いて塗布した後、100℃のホットプレートを用いて120秒間加熱処理(プリベーク)を行うことにより、塗布膜を形成した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して、塗布膜に対して、マスクを通して200mJ/cmの露光量で額縁状にパターン露光した。
 その後、照射された塗布膜が形成されているIRカットフィルタに対して、コーター・デベロッパーACTを使用して、現像液として有機アルカリ性現像液CD-2060(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ社製)を用いて、室温にて60秒間パドル現像した。現像後、スピンシャワーにて20秒間純水でリンスを塗布膜に対して行い、さらに純水にて水洗を塗布膜に対して行った後、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことにより、IRカットフィルタ上に7.0mm×5.0mm、幅0.7mmの額縁パターンの黒色層を形成し、額縁パターン付きIRカットフィルタを作製した。
 次に、後述する表1に示す低屈折率層の平均膜厚が得られるように、スピンコーターを用いて低屈折率層形成用組成物1、2、又は3を得られた黒色層上に塗布し、ホットプレートにて100℃にて120秒間乾燥し、ついで230℃のホットプレートを用いて600秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことで低屈折率層を形成した。
 次いで、低屈折率層上にレジストパターンを形成し、その後、ドライエッチングを実施し、レジストパターンを剥離して、黒色層上にのみ低屈折率層が残るように遮光膜を作製した。具体的には下記の手順でパターン形成を行った。
 上記低屈折率層上に、ポジ型フォトレジスト「FHi622BC」(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ社製)をスピンコーターにて塗布し、100℃で2分間の加熱処理を行い、膜厚が1.0μmの厚さになるようにフォトレジスト層を形成した。次に対応する領域を、i線ステッパー(キャノン(株)製、FPA3000i5+)にて250mJ/cmのパターン露光をフォトレジスト層に対して行い、その後、110℃で1分間の加熱処理を実施した。その後、現像液「FHD-5」(富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ社製)で1分間の現像処理をパターン露光されたフォトレジスト層に施した後、100℃で1分間のポストベーク処理を実施して、黒色層上に形成されていない低屈折率層の領域上のフォトレジスト層を除去し、レジストパターンを形成した。次いで、下記のドライエッチング条件で黒色層上に形成されていない低屈折率層を除去した。その後、下記の除去条件でレジストパターンの除去を行った。
<Preparation of light shielding film (part 2)>
The black layer-forming composition 1 prepared above is applied to the incident surface of the IR cut filter by a coater / developer ACT (made by TEL) by spin coating, and then heat-treated for 120 seconds using a 100 ° C. hot plate. By performing (pre-baking), a coating film was formed. Next, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), the coating film was subjected to pattern exposure in a frame shape with an exposure amount of 200 mJ / cm 2 through a mask.
Then, using the coater / developer ACT and the organic alkaline developer CD-2060 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials) as the developer for the IR cut filter on which the irradiated coating film is formed. Paddle development was performed for 60 seconds at room temperature. After development, the coating film is rinsed with pure water for 20 seconds in a spin shower, and further washed with pure water with respect to the coating film, and then heated for 300 seconds using a 200 ° C. hot plate ( By performing post-baking, a black layer having a frame pattern of 7.0 mm × 5.0 mm and a width of 0.7 mm was formed on the IR cut filter to produce an IR cut filter with a frame pattern.
Next, on the black layer from which the low refractive index layer-forming composition 1, 2, or 3 was obtained using a spin coater so as to obtain an average film thickness of the low refractive index layer shown in Table 1 described later. It was applied and dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds, and then heat-treated (post-baked) for 600 seconds using a 230 ° C. hot plate to form a low refractive index layer.
Next, a resist pattern was formed on the low-refractive index layer, and then dry etching was performed, and the resist pattern was peeled off to produce a light-shielding film so that the low-refractive index layer remained only on the black layer. Specifically, pattern formation was performed according to the following procedure.
On the low refractive index layer, a positive photoresist “FHi622BC” (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) is applied with a spin coater, and heat treatment is performed at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes, and the film thickness is 1.0 μm. A photoresist layer was formed to a thickness. Next, pattern exposure of 250 mJ / cm 2 was performed on the photoresist layer with an i-line stepper (manufactured by Canon Inc., FPA3000i5 +), followed by heat treatment at 110 ° C. for 1 minute. . Then, after developing the pattern-exposed photoresist layer with a developer “FHD-5” (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronics Materials) for 1 minute, post-baking at 100 ° C. for 1 minute is performed. The photoresist layer on the low refractive index layer region not formed on the black layer was removed to form a resist pattern. Next, the low refractive index layer that was not formed on the black layer was removed under the following dry etching conditions. Thereafter, the resist pattern was removed under the following removal conditions.
<ドライエッチング条件:低屈折率層の除去>
使用装置:日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製 U-621(枚葉式ドライエッチング、アッシング装置)のドライエッチングチャンバー使用
処理パラメータ
     圧力:2.0Pa
     使用ガス:Ar/C/O=1000mL/min/20mL/min/50mL/min
     処理温度:20℃
     ソースパワー:500W
     上部バイアス/電極バイアス=500W/1000W
     処理時間:220sec
<Dry etching conditions: removal of low refractive index layer>
Equipment used: Dry etching chamber use treatment parameters of U-621 (Single wafer dry etching, ashing equipment) manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation Pressure: 2.0 Pa
Gas used: Ar / C 4 F 6 / O 2 = 1000 mL / min / 20 mL / min / 50 mL / min
Processing temperature: 20 ° C
Source power: 500W
Upper bias / electrode bias = 500 W / 1000 W
Processing time: 220 sec
<除去条件:フォトレジストの除去>
使用装置:日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製 U-621のアッシングチャンバー使用
処理パラメータ
     圧力:2Pa
     使用ガス:O/Ar=50/1000(mL/min 60sec)
     温度:20℃
     ソースパワー:1000W
     処理時間:60sec
<Removal condition: removal of photoresist>
Equipment used: U-621 ashing chamber use treatment parameters manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation Pressure: 2 Pa
Gas used: O 2 / Ar = 50/1000 (mL / min 60 sec)
Temperature: 20 ° C
Source power: 1000W
Processing time: 60 sec
(フレア評価)
 上記のように作製した遮光膜を添付図面の図2の状態に配置した固体撮像素子を暗室に設置し、株式会社スリーディー製赤外線LED(SMD)ライト(型番TIR-LN90S)を照射して画像を撮像した。結果を下記に区分して判定した。
 照射したライトを株式会社スリーディー製赤外線LED(SMD)ライト(型番TIR-LN80S)に変更しても同様の結果であった。
 A: 白飛びが画像全体に発生していないもの
 B: 白とびがわずかに発生しているが、画像を認識可能
 C: 白とびが発生し、画像を認識不可能
(Flare evaluation)
A solid-state imaging device in which the light-shielding film produced as described above is arranged in the state of FIG. 2 of the attached drawing is placed in a dark room and irradiated with an infrared LED (SMD) light (model number TIR-LN90S) manufactured by 3D Corporation Was imaged. The results were judged as follows.
Similar results were obtained even when the irradiated light was changed to a 3D infrared LED (SMD) light (model number TIR-LN80S).
A: Overexposure does not occur in the entire image B: Overexposure occurs slightly, but the image can be recognized C: Overexposure occurs, and the image cannot be recognized
 表1中、「黒色顔料の含有量」欄は、黒色層全質量に対する黒色顔料の含有量(質量%)を表す。 In Table 1, the “black pigment content” column represents the content (mass%) of the black pigment relative to the total mass of the black layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
 上記表1に示すように、本発明の遮光膜を用いると、可視光の透過率が低く、かつ、フレアが抑制されることが確認された。
 特に、反射率が1.0%以下である(低屈折率層の屈折率が1.30以下である)実施例1および3においては、フレアがより抑制されていた。
 一方、反射率が所定範囲外の比較例1では、所望の効果は得られなかった。
 なお、CMOSセンサ周りに作製した額縁パターンに対しても、同様のフレア抑制効果がみられた。
As shown in Table 1 above, it was confirmed that when the light-shielding film of the present invention was used, the visible light transmittance was low and flare was suppressed.
In particular, in Examples 1 and 3 in which the reflectance is 1.0% or less (the refractive index of the low refractive index layer is 1.30 or less), flare is further suppressed.
On the other hand, in Comparative Example 1 where the reflectance is outside the predetermined range, the desired effect was not obtained.
A similar flare suppression effect was also observed for the frame pattern produced around the CMOS sensor.
 2,20,30,40 固体撮像装置
 3 CMOSセンサ
 4 回路基板
 5 セラミック基板
 5a 開口
 5b 内壁面
 6 IRカットフィルタ
 7 撮影レンズ
 8 レンズホルダ
 9 保持筒
 11,21,31,41,50 遮光膜(遮光層)
 52 黒色層
 54 低屈折率層
 
2, 20, 30, 40 Solid-state imaging device 3 CMOS sensor 4 Circuit board 5 Ceramic substrate 5a Opening 5b Inner wall surface 6 IR cut filter 7 Shooting lens 8 Lens holder 9 Holding cylinder 11, 21, 31, 41, 50 layer)
52 Black layer 54 Low refractive index layer

Claims (7)

  1.  少なくとも黒色層を含み、
     前記黒色層中に含まれる黒色顔料の含有量が、前記黒色層全質量に対して、20~60質量%であり、
     波長800~1000nmの範囲で選択された少なくとも1つの波長の光における反射率が3.0%以下であり、
     波長400~750nmにおける透過率が50%以下である、遮光膜。
    Including at least a black layer,
    The content of the black pigment contained in the black layer is 20 to 60% by mass with respect to the total mass of the black layer,
    The reflectance in light of at least one wavelength selected in the wavelength range of 800 to 1000 nm is 3.0% or less,
    A light-shielding film having a transmittance of 50% or less at a wavelength of 400 to 750 nm.
  2.  さらに、前記黒色層上に配置された、屈折率1.50以下の低屈折率層を含む、請求項1に記載の遮光膜。 Furthermore, the light shielding film of Claim 1 containing the low-refractive-index layer of refractive index 1.50 or less arrange | positioned on the said black layer.
  3.  前記低屈折率層の屈折率が1.30以下である、請求項2に記載の遮光膜。 The light-shielding film according to claim 2, wherein a refractive index of the low refractive index layer is 1.30 or less.
  4.  前記低屈折率層の平均厚みが50~300nmである、請求項2又は3に記載の遮光膜。 The light-shielding film according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the average thickness of the low refractive index layer is 50 to 300 nm.
  5.  前記低屈折率層が、複数のシリカ粒子が鎖状に連なった粒子凝集体を含む、請求項2~4のいずれか1項に記載の遮光膜。 The light-shielding film according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the low refractive index layer includes a particle aggregate in which a plurality of silica particles are chain-connected.
  6.  赤外光カットフィルタと、前記赤外光カットフィルタの表面上の少なくとも一部に配置された請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の遮光膜と、を有する、遮光膜付き赤外光カットフィルタ。 An infrared light with a light shielding film, comprising: an infrared light cut filter; and the light shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 5 disposed on at least a part of a surface of the infrared light cut filter. Cut filter.
  7.  請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の遮光膜を備える、固体撮像装置。
     
    A solid-state imaging device comprising the light-shielding film according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
PCT/JP2016/052087 2015-02-09 2016-01-26 Light-shielding film, light-shielding film-equipped infrared cut-off filter, and solid-state imaging device WO2016129381A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016574712A JP6476211B2 (en) 2015-02-09 2016-01-26 Light shielding film, infrared light cut filter with light shielding film, and solid-state imaging device
KR1020177013300A KR101971891B1 (en) 2015-02-09 2016-01-26 Light-shielding film, light-shielding film-equipped infrared cut-off filter, and solid-state imaging device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-023662 2015-02-09
JP2015023662 2015-02-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016129381A1 true WO2016129381A1 (en) 2016-08-18

Family

ID=56615145

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/052087 WO2016129381A1 (en) 2015-02-09 2016-01-26 Light-shielding film, light-shielding film-equipped infrared cut-off filter, and solid-state imaging device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6476211B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101971891B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI700519B (en)
WO (1) WO2016129381A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2018200423A (en) * 2017-05-29 2018-12-20 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Imaging device and electronic apparatus
JP2019191375A (en) * 2018-04-25 2019-10-31 株式会社ダイセル Light-shielding film and manufacturing method therefor
WO2020059381A1 (en) * 2018-09-20 2020-03-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Light-shielding composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, and headlight unit
WO2021177026A1 (en) * 2020-03-05 2021-09-10 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Solid-state imaging device and electronic apparatus
EP3848627A4 (en) * 2018-09-07 2021-10-27 FUJIFILM Corporation Vehicular headlight unit, light-shielding film for headlight, and method for producing light-shielding film for headlight
US11309344B2 (en) 2017-05-29 2022-04-19 Sony Semiconductor Solutions Corporation Imaging device, solid state image sensor, and electronic device
WO2023228947A1 (en) * 2022-05-24 2023-11-30 ソマール株式会社 Black light-shielding material

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3767393A4 (en) * 2018-03-13 2021-05-05 FUJIFILM Corporation Method for manufacturing cured film, and method for manufacturing solid-state imaging element
TWI676283B (en) * 2019-01-29 2019-11-01 同泰電子科技股份有限公司 Cmos phtosensitive unit, protection glass module thereof and manufaturing method of the same
JP7326913B2 (en) 2019-06-20 2023-08-16 富士通株式会社 semiconductor integrated circuit

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010106268A (en) * 2008-10-03 2010-05-13 Fujifilm Corp Dispersed composition, polymerizable composition, light-shielding color filter, solid-state imaging element, liquid crystal display device, wafer-level lens, and imaging unit
JP2011153283A (en) * 2009-02-26 2011-08-11 Fujifilm Corp Dispersion composition, polymerizable composition, light-shielding color filter, liquid crystal display element equipped with light-shielding color filter, solid state imaging element, wafer-level lens, and imaging unit equipped with wafer-level lens
JP2013148844A (en) * 2012-01-23 2013-08-01 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Light absorber and imaging apparatus using the same
JP2013249417A (en) * 2012-06-01 2013-12-12 Fujifilm Corp Dispersion composition, polymerizable composition using same, light-blocking color filter, solid-state imaging element, liquid crystal display device, wafer-level lens, and imaging unit
JP2014059384A (en) * 2012-09-14 2014-04-03 Tamron Co Ltd Optical element

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20090101084A (en) * 2008-03-21 2009-09-24 후지논 가부시키가이샤 Imaging filter
JP5556140B2 (en) 2009-11-20 2014-07-23 凸版印刷株式会社 Camera module and manufacturing method thereof
WO2015005310A1 (en) * 2013-07-10 2015-01-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Light-blocking composition, light-blocking film and method for producing same

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010106268A (en) * 2008-10-03 2010-05-13 Fujifilm Corp Dispersed composition, polymerizable composition, light-shielding color filter, solid-state imaging element, liquid crystal display device, wafer-level lens, and imaging unit
JP2011153283A (en) * 2009-02-26 2011-08-11 Fujifilm Corp Dispersion composition, polymerizable composition, light-shielding color filter, liquid crystal display element equipped with light-shielding color filter, solid state imaging element, wafer-level lens, and imaging unit equipped with wafer-level lens
JP2013148844A (en) * 2012-01-23 2013-08-01 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Light absorber and imaging apparatus using the same
JP2013249417A (en) * 2012-06-01 2013-12-12 Fujifilm Corp Dispersion composition, polymerizable composition using same, light-blocking color filter, solid-state imaging element, liquid crystal display device, wafer-level lens, and imaging unit
JP2014059384A (en) * 2012-09-14 2014-04-03 Tamron Co Ltd Optical element

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2018200423A (en) * 2017-05-29 2018-12-20 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Imaging device and electronic apparatus
US11309344B2 (en) 2017-05-29 2022-04-19 Sony Semiconductor Solutions Corporation Imaging device, solid state image sensor, and electronic device
US11810935B2 (en) 2017-05-29 2023-11-07 Sony Semiconductor Solutions Corporation Imaging device, solid state image sensor, and electronic device
JP2019191375A (en) * 2018-04-25 2019-10-31 株式会社ダイセル Light-shielding film and manufacturing method therefor
EP3848627A4 (en) * 2018-09-07 2021-10-27 FUJIFILM Corporation Vehicular headlight unit, light-shielding film for headlight, and method for producing light-shielding film for headlight
WO2020059381A1 (en) * 2018-09-20 2020-03-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Light-shielding composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, and headlight unit
KR20210022710A (en) * 2018-09-20 2021-03-03 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Light-shielding composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, headlight unit
JPWO2020059381A1 (en) * 2018-09-20 2021-09-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Light-shielding composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state image sensor, headlight unit
KR102630401B1 (en) 2018-09-20 2024-01-30 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Light-shielding composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, optical element, solid-state imaging element, headlight unit
WO2021177026A1 (en) * 2020-03-05 2021-09-10 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Solid-state imaging device and electronic apparatus
WO2023228947A1 (en) * 2022-05-24 2023-11-30 ソマール株式会社 Black light-shielding material

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6476211B2 (en) 2019-02-27
TW201629538A (en) 2016-08-16
JPWO2016129381A1 (en) 2017-08-24
KR101971891B1 (en) 2019-04-24
KR20170070202A (en) 2017-06-21
TWI700519B (en) 2020-08-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6476211B2 (en) Light shielding film, infrared light cut filter with light shielding film, and solid-state imaging device
JP5398759B2 (en) Shielding film, manufacturing method thereof, and solid-state imaging device
JP6539679B2 (en) Curable composition, infrared cut filter with light shielding film, and solid-state imaging device
JP6109722B2 (en) HOLDING BOARD FOR SOLID-STATE IMAGING ELEMENT, MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF, AND SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE
JP6129727B2 (en) IR cut filter and manufacturing method thereof, solid-state imaging device, and method for forming light shielding film
WO2015005310A1 (en) Light-blocking composition, light-blocking film and method for producing same
TWI795360B (en) Composition for fomring cured film, cured film, color filter, light-blocking film, solid-state imaging device and image display device
TW201831996A (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern formation method, solid-stage imaging element, and image display device
TWI790993B (en) Black composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TWI675889B (en) Pigment dispersion composition and method for producing the same, polymerizable composition,shielding film, and solid state image sensor
JP7027381B2 (en) Hardened film manufacturing method, hardened film, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JP2011107695A (en) Titanium black dispersion for wafer level lens, photosensitive resin composition containing the same, and wafer level lens
JP6476198B2 (en) Photosensitive black resin composition, method for producing black cured film, color filter, and organic EL display device
JP5689691B2 (en) Titanium black dispersion, photosensitive resin composition, light shielding film, method for producing the same, and solid-state imaging device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16749026

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016574712

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177013300

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16749026

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1